Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
PRELIMINARY
Title page
Alcatel-Lucent 1850
Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160) | Release 3.1
Command Line Interface Guide
PRELIMINARY
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
ISSUE 1
JUNE 2009
PRELIMINARY
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright 2009 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary/trade secret information which is the property of Alcatel-Lucent and must not be made available to, or copied or used by anyone outside
Alcatel-Lucent without its written authorization.
ot to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Conformance statements
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 15 Class A
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protections against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at the users expense.
Security statement
In rare instances, unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features. In such an event,
applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic. Alcatel-Lucent cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any
allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access.
Limited warranty
PRELIMINARY
Alcatel-Lucent provides a limited warranty for this product. For more information, consult your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team.
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Contents
xxiii
Intended audience .................................................................................................................................................................... xxiii
Supported systems ................................................................................................................................................................... xxiii
xxiii
How to use this information product
................................................................................................................................ xxiii
xxiv
Conventions used ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxiv
Related information .................................................................................................................................................................. xxv
xxv
xxvi
Technical support ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxvi
How to order .............................................................................................................................................................................. xxvi
xxvi
How to comment ...................................................................................................................................................................... xxvi
xxvi
1
Introduction
The Command Line Interface ................................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1-1
avigation and manipulation
................................................................................................................................................ 1-5
1-5
................................................................................................... 2-2
................................................................................................................. 2-5
..................................................................................... 2-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
iii
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................. 2-6
.................................................................................................................... 2-10
.................................................................................................................................................. 2-11
........................................................................................................................................................... 2-12
2-12
............................................................................................................................................................... 2-14
2-14
................................................................................................................................................................... 2-15
2-15
...................................................................................................... 2-16
................................................................................................................................................ 2-17
.............................................................. 2-18
.................................................................................. 2-18
............................................................................................................. 2-19
2-20
extpoint show in ....................................................................................................................................................................... 2-20
extpoint out extpointout_naming userlabel extpoint_userlabel
......................................................... 2-21
.................................................................................................................................................................... 2-23
2-23
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................ 3-3
.................................................................................................................... 3-4
iv
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................... 3-6
............................................................................... 3-8
............................................................................ 3-10
PRELIMINARY
Contents
................................................ 3-10
.............................................................................. 3-11
........................................... 3-12
............................................................................ 3-14
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-17
3-17
....................................................... 3-17
............................................................................................... 3-18
..................................................... 3-19
......................................... 3-20
.................................................... 3-20
................................................................ 3-21
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-23
3-23
interface position naming_set_list localeth pdh rate {e1 | ds1 | e3 | ds3} .................................................. 3-23
interface position naming_set_list localeth pdh crc {enable | disable}
...................................................... 3-24
PRELIMINARY
interface position naming_set_list localeth pdh rxsensitivity {longhaul | shorthaul} ........................... 3-25
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................... 3-29
...................................................................................... 3-30
................................................................ 4-3
............................................. 4-4
.................................................................. 4-5
............................................................................................... 4-7
.................................................................................. 4-9
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-11
4-11
.............................. 4-12
........................................................... 4-13
........................................................................................ 4-14
........................................................................... 4-15
PRELIMINARY
Overview
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-17
4-17
............................................ 4-17
...................................... 4-20
........................................... 4-21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
vi
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................. 4-22
........................................... 4-24
PRELIMINARY
Contents
......................................................................................................................................................... 4-27
4-27
............................................................................................... 4-28
............................................................................................. 4-28
............................................................................................................................ 5-2
....................................................................................................................... 5-4
..................................................................................................................... 5-5
Color profile
Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-6
5-6
colorprofile activate colorprof_userlabel .............................................................................................................. 5-6
colorprofile delete colorprof_userlabel
................................................................................................................. 5-7
............................................................................................................... 5-8
Traffic descriptor
Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-9
5-9
5-9
trafficdescriptor activate .......................................................................................................................................................... 5-9
trafficdescriptor delete trafficdescriptor_userlabel ................................................................................. 5-11
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
vii
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-3
6-3
..................................................................................................................... 6-5
................................................................................................................................. 6-9
............................................................................................................................... 6-10
.................................................................... 6-10
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-12
6-12
............................................................... 6-12
............................................................................................................................. 6-13
........................................................................................................................... 6-14
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-15
6-15
......................................................................................................... 6-15
..................................................................................................................... 6-19
........................................................... 6-20
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-21
6-21
................................................................................................................... 6-23
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
viii
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-25
6-25
......................................................................................................................... 6-25
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................... 6-27
......................................................................................................... 6-29
................................................ 6-31
.............................................................................................................................. 7-1
........................................................................................................................................................................ 7-2
7-2
............................................................................................................................................ 7-2
............................................................................................................................................ 7-3
................................................................................................................................................ 7-5
............................................................................................................................................. 7-7
.............................................................................................................................................. 7-9
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-10
7-10
.................................................................................... 7-10
......................................... 7-12
..................................................................................... 7-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
ix
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................. 7-15
.................................................................................. 7-17
................................................................................ 7-17
............................................................................................................................................ 8-2
8-2
bridgedbfiltering vlan config vlan_set [learning {enable | disable}] [flooding {enable | disable}]
bridgedbfiltering vlan show vlan_set info
....... 8-3
................................................................................................................... 8-3
........................................................................................................................... 8-7
............................................................................................................................. 8-9
.................................................................................................................... 8-10
PRELIMINARY
............................................................................................................................................................ 9-2
9-2
..................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-3
9-3
............................................................................................................................................................................... 9-3
9-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Contents
................................................................................................................................................................................ 9-11
9-11
........................................................................................................................................................................ 9-13
9-13
................................................................................................................................................................. 9-14
9-14
.................................................................................................................... 9-15
........................................................................................................................ 9-16
................................................................................. 9-16
................................................................................................................ 9-17
............................................................................................................... 9-19
............................................................................................................ 9-20
............................................................................... 9-21
........................................................................ 9-23
.............................................................................................................. 9-24
...................................................................................................................................................... 9-26
9-26
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-1
10-1
linkagg activate
linkagg config
........................................................................................................................................................................ 10-2
10-2
........................................................................................................................................................................... 10-3
10-3
....................................................................................................................................... 10-5
..................................................................................................................................... 10-6
................................................. 10-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
xi
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... 10-8
.......................................................................... 10-7
................................................................................................................. 10-8
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-1
11-1
..................................... 11-1
.................................................................................................................................. 11-4
.......................................................................................................................... 11-5
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 12-1
12-1
........................................................................................ 12-2
....................................................................................................................................................... 12-2
12-2
................................................................................................ 12-3
................................................................................................. 12-4
..................................................................................... 12-4
........................................................................................ 12-6
......................................................................................................... 12-7
Ethernet OAM
Overview
PRELIMINARY
....................................................... 12-5
.................................................................................................... 12-5
13
............................................... 11-3
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-1
13-1
..... 13-2
........ 13-2
......................................................................................................................................... 13-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
xii
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 13-3
.............................................................................................................................. 13-4
................................................................................................................................. 13-5
................................................................................................. 13-5
PRELIMINARY
Contents
............................................................................................... 13-6
............................................. 13-6
..................................................
13-9
............................................................ 13-10
......................................... 13-13
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id linktrace remote {macAddr | mep_id} [ttl
ttl_value] ....................................................................................................................................................................... 13-13
13-13
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id linktrace show
ethoam etype config {ethertype_value | reset}
ethoam etype show
14
........................................... 13-14
......................................................................................................... 13-15
............................................................................................................................................................... 13-15
13-15
VPLS management
Overview
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 14-1
14-1
14-2
.......................................................................................................................................... 14-3
............ 14-3
......................................................................................................................................... 14-4
.....
14-5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
xiii
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................... 14-6
vpls static vpls_userlabel remove mac macAddr port {naming | lagnumber} .................................... 14-7
vpls static vpls_userlabel show mac macAddr port {naming | lagnumber}
15
........................................ 14-8
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-1
15-1
Interface management
Overview
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-3
15-3
......................................................................................................... 15-4
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-5
15-5
...................................................................................................................... 15-5
..................................................................................................... 15-6
...................................................................................................................... 15-7
............................................................................................... 15-9
...................................................................................................................................................... 15-10
15-10
................................................................................... 15-11
...................................................................................... 15-13
..................................................................................................................................................... 15-15
PRELIMINARY
.......................................................... 15-17
................................................................................................................................................................. 15-18
15-18
.................................................................................................................................................................... 15-19
15-19
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
xiv
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
............................................................................................................................... 15-21
................................................................................................................................ 15-21
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-1
16-1
PRELIMINARY
Contents
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-2
16-2
....................................................................................................................... 16-2
.................................................................................................................... 16-3
.................................................................................................................. 16-4
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-5
16-5
................................................................... 16-5
...................................................................... 16-6
................................................ 16-7
pmqos port naming_set_list config period {15min | 1h | 24h} reset {enable | disable} ....................... 16-8
pmqos port naming_set_list show historydata period {15min | 1h | 24h} ................................................. 16-9
pmqos service flow_userlabel activate period {15min | 1h | 24h}
............................................................. 16-10
pmqos service flow_userlabel config period {15min | 1h | 24h} reset {enable | disable}
pmqos service flow_userlabel delete period {15min | 1h | 24h}
................. 16-10
................................................................. 16-11
......................................... 16-11
pmqos service flow_userlabel show historydata period {15min | 1h | 24h} ........................................... 16-12
17
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-1
17-1
Overview
alarmlist
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-3
17-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-3
17-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
xv
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................... 17-5
........................................................................................................................................................................................ 17-6
17-6
log alarm
..................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-6
17-6
17-8
log event ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-8
Alarm profile management
Overview
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-11
17-11
................................................................................................... 17-12
................................................................................................... 17-13
.................................................................................................. 17-14
.......................... 17-14
................................................................................................. 17-15
Agent management
17-16
Overview .................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-16
ne location nelocation
................................................................................................................................................... 17-16
ne label ne_userlabel
.................................................................................................................................................... 17-17
17-17
ne mgr {B$ | E$} ................................................................................................................................................................... 17-17
ne show info ............................................................................................................................................................................ 17-18
17-18
accessctrl show info
............................................................................................................................................................. 17-19
17-19
Auto provisioning
Overview .................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-20
17-20
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................. 17-21
17-21
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-1
18-1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
xvi
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-2
18-2
ne show addr
............................................................................................................................................................................. 18-2
18-2
PRELIMINARY
Contents
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-3
18-3
................................................................................................................................................... 18-3
18-3
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-6
18-6
19
..................... 18-6
........................................................................................................................................... 18-7
......................................................................................................................................... 18-8
Utility commands
Overview
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 19-1
19-1
administrator config
............................................................................................................................................................... 19-1
19-1
19-2
administrator show .................................................................................................................................................................. 19-2
administrator resourcefile load
view
........................................................................................................................................... 19-3
19-3
.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-3
19-3
............................................................................................... 19-5
Debug commands
Overview
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-1
20-1
................................................................................................................................................................. 20-1
20-1
....................................................................................................................................................... 20-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
xvii
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................. 20-2
20-2
Glossary
Index
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
xviii
Text conventions
...................................................................................................................................................... xxiv
xxiv
1-1
1-2
Bit mapping
1-3
1-4
............................................................. xxv
PRELIMINARY
List of tables
............................................................................................................................................................... 1-22
1-22
........................................................................................................................................ 1-23
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
xix
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Purpose
This document is being issued to include the following new CLI capabilities and
commands supported by Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160 Release 3.1:
Location
Revision
Issue
Chapter 3, Ethernet
physical and GFP
management commands
Issue 1, June
2009
Chapter 3, Ethernet
physical and GFP
management commands
ne maxmtumtu_value
ne show maxmtu
Issue 1, June
2009
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
xxi
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Location
Revision
Issue
Chapter 3, Ethernet
physical and GFP
management commands
Issue 1, June
2009
Removed the
interface position naming_set_list localeth
admittedfractionalrate admitted_fractional_rate
Issue 1, June
2009
command.
Chapter 5, Ethernet flow
and Ethernet flow QOS
management commands
flowgroup activate
Removed the
PRELIMINARY
Issue 1, June
2009
Issue 1, June
2009
Issue 1, June
2009
Issue 1, June
2009
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
xxii
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Location
Revision
Issue
Issue 1, June
2009
PRELIMINARY
Intended audience
This guide is a resource for anyone who will use the command line interface to administer
or configure Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160. Consult the Alcatel-Lucent 1850
Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1 Safety Guide to identify
individuals qualified to work on Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160.
When using this document it is assumed that the Operator knows:
Physical and operational details of the hardware, including all operating modes
supported by this Release
How to use a PC, the Windows operating system, and all necessary applications.
This document applies to the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160 product,
Release 3.1.
Software documentation is not modified unless a new software version is distributed to
customers. In order for documentation to be updated, the new software must contain
significant interface changes that affect the understanding of the previously explained
procedures.
Screen printouts included in the document may display a product release version. These
screens are not updated simply to update a release version. If the command entry or
response in printout has changed, the screen is updated,
How to use this information product
This document must be used in conjunction with the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport
Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1 TL1 User Provisioning Guide. This
document does not duplicate information contained in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
xxiii
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
This document describes configuration and administrations commands, and the options
available with this software release
PRELIMINARY
Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1 TL1 User Provisioning Guide. Safety
information is located in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and
TSS-160), Release 3.1 Safety Guide. Safety warnings and rules for EMC and ESD safety,
as well as warnings about operations that may damage equipment, are not duplicated in
this document.
When using this document it is assumed that the operator knows:
Physical and operational details of the hardware, including all operating modes
supported by Release 3.1
How to use a PC, the Windows operating system, and all necessary applications.
Conventions used
The following table contains the text conventions and usage guidelines for CLI
commands as they are used in this document.
Table 1
Text conventions
type of text
bold text
convention
Indicates basic command and keyword syntax.
Example: show eqpt link status
italicized text
[]
Straight Brackets
{}
Indicate that the user must choose between one or more parameters.
Curly Braces
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
xxiv
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1
type of text
convention
Vertical Pipe
PRELIMINARY
Examples:
""
Quotation Marks
Related information
The following table lists the documents included in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and
TSS-160 documentation set.
Table 2
8DG09019AAAATQZZA
8DG09019KAAATQZZA
8DG09019DAAATQZZA
8DG09019BAAAPCZZA
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
8DG09019CAAATQZZA
8DG09019FAAATQZZA
8DG09019GAAATQZZA
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
xxv
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Part Number
PRELIMINARY
Table 2
Part Number
Title
8DG09019HAAATQZZA
8DG09019JAAATQZZA
8DG25713AAAATQZZA
8DG08501ACAAFMZZA
8DG09021AAAADZZA
Technical support
For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the
Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact
information.
How to order
To order Alcatel-Lucent documents, contact your local sales representative or use Online
Customer Support (OLCS) (http://support.alcatel-lucent.com) .
How to comment
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
xxvi
Introduction
1
PRELIMINARY
C:\>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160 Release 3.1 does not support access to the
CLI via the craft terminal interface. Future releases of this product will support this
function.
User profiles
The CLI handles four user profiles: administrator, constructor, operator, viewer. Each user
profile has specific rights:
To gain access, a user that is starting a Telnet CLI session must provide a login and
password that has been defined in Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160.
Modify access privilege levels
CLI access privilege levels are viewed and modified using TL1 commands. For more
information, refer to RTRV-CMD-SECU (view) and ED-CMD-SECU (modify) in the
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1 TL1
Command Guide. Each CLI command has a TL1 command code that is used to identify
the CLI command in these TL1 commands (RTRV-CMD-SECU and ED-CMD-SECU).
Example
The following example illustrates viewing and changing the access privilege level of
eqpt show allpositions.
ALCATEL@DROP-T-ANSI-> rtrv-cmd-secu::CLI_EQPT_SHOW_ALLPOSITIONS_CMD;
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
/* ed-cmd-secu::CLI_EQPT_SHOW_ALLPOSITIONS_CMD:::PROV [P00210]
(2) */ ;
ALCATEL@DROP-T-ANSI-> rtrv-cmd-secu::CLI_EQPT_SHOW_ALLPOSITIONS_CMD;
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
CLI responses
The following examples show some specific and general CLI responses.
Example
The following example illustrates the message that is displayed when a Telnet session is
idle for more than 30 minutes:
Cli:ADMIN >
This terminal has been idle for 30 minutes.
It will be logged out if it remains idle for another 30 minutes.
Log out by the system
Connection to host lost.
The following example illustrates the message that is displayed when output is too long to
be completely displayed in the configured Telnet display.
Press any key to continue (Q to quit)
The following example illustrates the message that is displayed when a command is
entered that is not supported by the current release:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feedback messages
The following list of feedback messages can result from the entry of a CLI command that
is incorrect or incomplete.
ote: Some CLI commands do not have responses.
>> message: successful completed command !!
>> message: waiting - command in progress
>> error: timeout - not executed command
>> warning: already present value for AdminStatus of r1sr1sl6d0p1
>> warning: already present value for AdminStatus of r1sr1sl6d0p2
>> warning: already present value for AdminStatus of r1sr1sl6d0p3
>> warning: already present value for AdminStatus of r1sr1sl6d0p4
>> error: bad command
>> error: missing parameter
>> error: invalid parameters number
Error: Out of range. Valid range is: dynamic,blocked,forwarding
>> error: db writing error for Stp BridgeHelloTime
>> message: partially completed command
Support Domain
PRELIMINARY
Event Reporting The CLI does not manage spontaneous notifications from the
E.
PM Filtering The CLI does not manage filtering criteria for retrieving History
Data from the E.
Support Domain:
Inhibit/Allow Logging
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
Editing help
The help edit command can be entered to obtain the following list of available editing
keystrokes:
Cli:ADMIN > help edit
Available editing keystrokes
Delete current character.....................Ctrl-d
Delete text up to cursor.....................Ctrl-u
Delete from cursor to end of line............Ctrl-k
Move to beginning of line....................Ctrl-a
Move to end of line..........................Ctrl-e
Get prior command from history...............Ctrl-p
Get next command from history................Ctrl-n
Move cursor left.............................Ctrl-b
Move cursor right............................Ctrl-f
Move back one word...........................Esc-b
Move forward one word........................Esc-f
Convert rest of word to uppercase............Esc-c
Convert rest of word to lowercase............Esc-l
Delete remainder of word.....................Esc-d
Delete word up to cursor.....................Ctrl-w
Transpose current and previous character.....Ctrl-t
Enter command and return to root prompt......Ctrl-z
Refresh input line...........................Ctrl-l
Command completion
For example, entering eqpt p from top level followed by the Tab key will display
available commands, beginning with eqpt p, as shown below.
Cli:ADMIN > eqpt p
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
The CLI supports a command completion feature. A command that has not been entered
completely, but has been entered to the point that it is unique from other commands, can
be completed by pressing the Tab key. If the command has not been entered to the point
that it is unique, a list of commands that match the current entry will be displayed.
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
position
Cli:ADMIN >
prot
You can move your cursor to the start of the Command Line by pressing Ctrl+A.
You can move your cursor to the end of the Command Line press Ctrl+E.
In the following example the first underscore (_) indicates the position of the cursor after
pressing Ctrl+A. The second underscore indicates the position of the cursor after pressing
Ctrl+E.
Examples:
Cli:ADMIN (user) > changepwd
Cli:ADMIN (user) > changepwd
Terminating a command
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl25d0p1 show vlanset (Ctrl+C)
Cli:ADMIN > # no command executed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can enter a command and return to root prompt by pressing Ctrl+Z.
The following example illustrates the screen displayed when a you return to the root
prompt.
Example:
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
Command history
You can press the up arrow key to move backward through previously entered commands.
You can move forward through the list to more recent commands by pressing the down
arrow key. Press Enter (to execute a command after it has been located).
In the following example, entering history will display recent command line entries.
Entering the number of a command in the history, preceded by an exclamation point (
"!2"), will repeat the command.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
echo
exit
help
history
logout
session
sleep
stty
tree
view
who
write
To return to top command level, or to the next higher level in a nested command group,
type exit:
Example:
Cli:ADMIN
Cli:ADMIN
Cli:ADMIN
Cli:ADMIN
>
> eqpt
(eqpt) > exit
>
From top level, you can enter a command group by entering the name of the desired
group.
PRELIMINARY
To view a list of the available command groups, you can enter help from the top level.
(See Help command access (p. 1-9).)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter help or a question mark (?) at top level to view the available command groups for
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160:
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
- extpoint
- Allows to retrieve the flow index, user-label and
f all configured flows.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
flowgroup
- flowgroup
igmpforcedrep
- igmpforcedrep
igmpsnoop
- igmpsnoop
igmpstaticmgroups
- igmpstaticmgroups
inflowclassifier
- inflowclassifier
interface
- interface
intf
- intf
linkagg
- linkagg
log
- log
mgmtport
- mgmtport
mstp
- mstp
ne
- ne
ntp
- ntp
os
- Set the IP address and the UDP port for the OS
main / spare
ospfarea
- ospfarea
pbflowbid
- pbflowbid
pbflowinunidir
- pbflowinunidir
pbflowoutunidir
- pbflowoutunidir
plugandplay
- Get/Set the auto-provisioning mode on a NE
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pmmaint
pmqos
- pmmaint
- pmqos
portportbid
- portportbid
portseg
- portseg
resource
- resource
routing
- routing
routingstatic
- routingstatic
severitydef
- severitydef
stp
- stp
swpkg
- swpkg
trafficdescriptor
- trafficdescriptor
user
- user
vlanprotprofile
- vlanprotprofile
You can execute the help command from each command group selection. The following
example is shows the help command entered from the eqpt command group.
In the following example, the help command lists the available commands, and any
available nested command groups, in the command group.
Cli:ADMIN > acl
acl
- acl
add
- Create an Access Control Element in an Access Control Li
st.
create
- Create an Acces Control List.
delete
- Delete an Access Control List with its elements.
disable
- Disable an already created Access Control List.
enable
- Enable an already created Access Control List.
remove
- Delete an Access Control element of an Access Control Li
st, by indicating the index.
show
- Get info about all/one Access Control element of Access
Control List.
Cli:ADMIN (acl) >
PRELIMINARY
In the following example, executing "eqpt ?" at top level gives the same result as
executing help in the "eqpt" command group.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
prot
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
The following CLI command groups are available from the top level.
Table 1-1
no.
Command/Group
y/n
no.
Command/Group
y/n
abnormalcond
---
25
log
accessctrl
26
mgmtport
acl
27
mstp
alarmlist
28
ne
alarmprofile
29
ntp
alarmsynth
30
os
autodiscovery
31
ospfarea
bridge
32
pbflowbid
bridgedbfiltering
33
pbflowinunidir
10
cbpdu
34
pbflowoutunidir
11
colorprofile
35
plugandplay
12
dcn
36
pmmaint
13
debug
37
pmqos
---
14
eqpt
38
portportbid
15
extpoint
39
portseg
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
1-12
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-1
no.
Command/Group
y/n
no.
Command/Group
y/n
16
flow
40
resource
17
flowgroup
41
routing
18
igmpforcedrep
42
routingstatic
19
igmpsnoop
43
severitydef
20
igmpstaticmgroups
44
stp
21
inflowclassifier
45
swpkg
22
interface
46
trafficdescriptor
23
intf
47
user
24
linkagg
48
vlanprotprofile
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
ote: Three dashes ( --- ) mean that the command group is not available in the current
release. A check ( ) means that the command group is available.
You can execute a CLI command from top level, by entering the command preceded by
the name of the command group in which it should be executed.
You can also execute the commands directly in the command group.
Instead of entering a complete command with all its parameters, you can enter the
command without parameters and be prompted to complete the command with the
required and optional parameters.
For the optional parameters you can press enter to bypass the parameter without entering
a value.
ote: In the following chapters when /A is shown, it means that command has no
optional parameters (indexes definition) and the correct syntax is simply that of the
command name.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
aming formats can use specific symbols for "A D operation", "range interval", and "list
elements separation".
This Document considers only one naming format which is coherent with the operator
label specification document and uses ampersand ( & ), hyphen ( - ), comma ( , )
respectively for "A D operation", "range interval", "list elements separation".
Defined indexes
PRELIMINARY
Definition
ace_index
aceorder_number
adminkey_value
admitted_fractional_
rate
admitted_mc_rate
An integer value, indicating the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth (in
Kbps) on the interface for multicast traffic.
admitted_unkn_rate
An integer value, indicating the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth (in
Kbps) on the interface for unknown traffic.
bridge_forward_delay
The Bridge Forward Delay used by STP to transition Root and Designated Ports
to Forwarding; an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range 400
-3000, with a default value of 1500.
bridge_hello_time
bridge_max_age
The maximum age of the information transmitted by the Bridge when it is the
Root Bridge; an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range 6004000,
with a default value of 2000.
bridge_pri
Writable portion of the bridge identifier (the first 2 byte of 8 byte); an integer
value in the range [061440] with granularity 4096 and a default value of 32768.
bridge_tx_hold_count
cbs_value
cir_value
An integer number, in the range [3 kbit/s - port line rate] with 1 kbit/s granularity.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index
Definition
classifier_id
ctrl_frame_32bits
It identifies the control frame types for pass through or discard and has the
following syntax:
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
[customerbpdu][providerbpdu][slowprot][802.1x][providergvrp][customer
Inside the MIB, this information is mapped in a 32-bit string, with 0 being most
significant bit. Each bit in this string indicates if the frame-type represented by
this bit is discarded (bit=0) or passed (bit=1). Data frames are always passed.
Bit mapping is defined in Table 1-2, Bit mapping (p. 1-22).
dscp
An integer value in the set [063], indicating the DSCP value, or the lower
boundary of a DSCP range.
dscp_set
An expression using integer values in the range [063], and specific symbols for
representing set of DSCP value ranges which are associated to a dropping
precedence value (green, yellow, red) in that color profile.
For instance, 12-15&55 means that the DSCP values 12, 13, 14, 15 and 55 are
associated to "green" in that color profile.
An integer number, in the range [0-min [64MB, 256 * corresponding_CBS]] with
1 byte granularity.
eir_value
elr_value
eqpt_type
ethertype_value
ethertype_bitmask
extpointin_naming
An integer number in the range 18, indicating the specific Housekeeping Input.
extpointout_naming
eventtype_id
An integer number, indicating the specific event type (within the allowed set) to
be associated to an output external point working in automatic mode.
eventtype_name
A string equal to the specific event type string (within the allowed set) to be
associated to an output external point working in automatic mode.
filterDbAgeTime_
value
a value in the set [10s, 300sec (default), 70min, 210min, 14h, 56h] indicating the
filtering database aging time.
floodinglimit_value
green_lower_thr_
value
The percentage (0100) that is utilized of the buffer, after which the drop
probability of Green packets rises above 0. The default value is 70.
green_max_prob_value
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
ebs_value
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index
Definition
green_upper_thr_
value
The percentage utilized (0100) of the buffer, after which the drop probability of
Green packets is 100 percent. This means that all Green packets beyond this point
will be dropped. The default value is 90.
group_membership_
interval
hash_mask_id
1 Mask1 Bits 0,1 set to 1 value, any other bits set to 0 value - <MAC
(DA), MAC (SA)> + up to 3 MPLS Labels
2 Mask2 Bits 0,1,2,4,6 set to 1 value, any other bits set to 0 value [<MAC (DA), MAC (SA)> + up to 3 MPLS Labels] + <Inner VID, outer
VID>
3 Mask3 Bits 0,1,2,4,6,8,9 set to 1 value, any other bits set to 0 value [<MAC (DA), MAC (SA)> + up to 3 MPLS Labels + <Inner VID, outer
VID>] + <IP source Address, IP Destination Address>
4 Mask4 Bits 0,1,2,4,6,8,9,10,11 to 1 value, any other bits set to 0 value [<MAC (DA), MAC (SA)> + up to 3 MPLS Labels + <Inner VID, outer
VID>] + <IP source Address, IP Destination Address> +<Destination Port
umber, Source Port umber>
Each combination is represented by a single bit within this object. Only the first
13 bits are defined (bits 0 to 12), the remaining bits (bits 13 to 31) have not been
defined yet. Refer to Table 1-3, Bit mapping definitions (p. 1-23).
PRELIMINARY
hh:mm:ss
ipAddr
ipAddrBitMask
lagnumber
The following syntax is used for naming a LAG to which a CLI command
applies: lagnumber, where number is an integer in the range 124. For example,
lag18.
lagnumber_set
An expression using integer values, ampersand (&) and hyphen (-). For example,
lag4-7&18.
lagsize_value
last_member_query_
count
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Definition
last_member_query_
interval
An integer value, measured in 0.1 seconds, in the range 1255, with a default
value of 10 (1 second).
linkoam_max_
symbolerrors
An integer value indicating the threshold value for the number of Symbol Errors
in one second that trigger the Link Fail flag in OAMPDUs.
linkoam_threshold
An integer value with the number of frame errors that must occur for this event to
be triggered.
linkoam_tx_interval
ma_userlabel
macAddr
macBitMask
maxEthertype_value
maxdscp
maxpri
max_response_time
An integer value, measured in 0.1 seconds, in the range 1255, with a default
value of 100.
maxvci_id
The same syntax as vci_id. It indicates the upper boundary of a ATM VCI
range.
maxvlan_id
maxvpi_id
The same syntax as vpi_id. It indicates the upper boundary of an ATM VPI
range.
md_userlabel
md_level
mep_set
An expression, using integer values in the range 18191, and specific symbols,
for representing a set of MEPID ranges. For instance 13&21 means that the
values 1,2,3,21 are specified
mstp_instance
The MSTP instance identifier. An integer value in the range of 164, used for
both vStpMstVlanAssignmentMsti umber and vStpMstInstance umber.
mstp_instance_set
An expression using integer values in the range 16, and specific symbols for
representing a set of MSTP instance value ranges. For instance 13&21 means
that the values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-17
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Index
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index
Definition
mtu_value
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command
applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
naming_set
R (Rack) = 17
S (Subrack) = 0 or 17
B (Board) = 0 or 143
D (Drawer) = 0 or 17
P (Port) = 0 or 11023
An expression using integer values in the range 14094, ampersand (&) and
hyphen (-) for representing board, drawer or port value ranges. For example, the
following expression means that the ports 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 of the boards in slots 4,
5, 6, 7 and 18 are specified:
r1sr1sl47&18d0p15
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
means that the port 1 of the board in slot 3 and the port 2 of the board in slot 5 are
specified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index
Definition
naming_set_list_
lagnumber_set_AND_
Rule
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
ne_pri
An integer value, in the range 065535, indicating the priority value associated
with the Actor's E.
pir_value
pkgversion
port_lnkaggpri
Link Aggregation port priority (2 byte). An integer value in the range 0255, with
default a value of 128.
port_path_cost
The port path cost. Its value depends on the link speed of the port. For example,
if the link speed of the port is Mb/s, port_path_cost= an integer value in the
range 1200000000, with a default value of 20,000,000.
port_pri
Writable portion of the port identifier (the first 4 bit of 2 byte). An integer value
in the range 0240, in increments of 16, with a default value of 128.
portseg_id
portseg_set
An expression using integer values in the range 115, and specific symbols
for representing a set of Port Segregation. For instance 12&12 means that
the Port Segregation values 1,2,12, are specified.
An integer value, in Kbps, indicating the shaping rate for an egress port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-19
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
port_shaping_rate
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index
Definition
pri
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority or the lower boundary
of a PRI range.
pri_set
PRELIMINARY
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority of the yellow frames.
pw_id
pw_set
pw_set_AND_Rule
An expression using PW Set and VPLS Rule separated with /. For example,
pwr1sr1sl36&18d1p13/VPLS Core PW.
queue_number
ratelimited_value
region_userlabel
region_revision_
level
The MSTP region revision level. An integer value in the range of 065535.
reporting_interval
router_timeout
tca_lower_value
tca_upper_value
thresholdprofile_
userlabel
transportPortNumber
An integer number.
ttl_value
An integer value in the range 0255, indicating LTM TTL field for Link Trace
Manager. The default value is 64.
tunnel_egress_ler
An IP Address for the egress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
tunnel_id
tunnel_ingress_ler
An IP Address for the ingress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-20
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index
Definition
tunnel_instance
user_login
Login name string. Valid values for user login are 5 to 12, case-sensitive
alphanumeric characters where the first character must always be an alphabetic
character. The following special characters are also accepted as valid characters
and will be part of the user login: % (percent sign), + (plus sign), # (pound sign),
and _ (under score). Example.: "David", "Admin_005", "eqptAdmin".
vci_id
An integer value in the range 065535, indicating the ATM VCI, or the lower
boundary of a ATM VCI range.
vlan_bitmask
vlan_id
An integer value in the set 14094, indicating the VID or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range.
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 14094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
For instance 100103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and
2555 are specified.
An integer value in the range 04095, indicating the ATM VPI, or the lower
boundary of a ATM VPI range.
vplsDb_value
A value indicating the maximum number of unicast dynamic filtering entries that
can be learned for a VPLS Instance FilteringDatabase.
vpls_userlabel
An octet string (encoded into 8 bytes) as a unique VPLS Instance identifier, for
example: 100:10.
vt_cir_rate
vtid
vt_set
An expression using integer values, in the range 140956, and specific symbols
for representing a set of Service-aware VT identifier value ranges. For
instance, 13&21 means that the values 1,2,3,21 are specified.
vt_userlabel
vt_shaping_rate
An integer value, indicating in Kbps the shaping rate for a Virtual Transport.
vtq_cir_rate
vtq_cqs
vtq_eqs
vtq_shaping_rate
wred_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-21
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
vpi_id
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index
Definition
xpri_set
yellow_lower_thr_
value
The percentage utilized (0100) of the buffer, after which the drop probability of
Yellow packets rises above 0. The default value is 50.
yellow_max_prob_
value
The drop probability (0100) of Yellow packets . The default value is 80.
yellow_upper_thr_
value
The percentage utilized (0100) of the buffer, after which the drop probability of
Green packets is 100 percent. This means that all Yellow packets beyond this
point will be dropped. The default value is 60.
yy:mm:dd
User-defined indexes
PRELIMINARY
The following indexes (xxx_userlabel) are ASCII strings defined by the Operator to
indicate specific resources inside CLI commands:
acl_userlabel
alarmprofile_userlabel
extpoint_userlabel
lag_userlabel
vlanprof_userlabel
asap_userlabel
colorprof_userlabel
flow_userlabel
flowgroup_userlabel
ne_userlabel
trafficdescriptor_userlabel
vlanprotprof_userlabel
Table 1-2
Bit mapping
Protocol Description
MAC Address
Bit
Data Frames
--
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-2
Bit mapping
(continued)
Protocol Description
MAC Address
Bit
01-80-C2-00-00-00
01-80-C2-00-00-08
Slow Protocols
01-80-C2-00-00-02
802.1X PAE
01-80-C2-00-00-03
01-80-C2-00-00-04
01-80-C2-00-00-05
01-80-C2-00-00-06
01-80-C2-00-00-07
01-80-C2-00-00-09
01-80-C2-00-00-0A
10
01-80-C2-00-00-0B
11
01-80-C2-00-00-0C
12
Provider GVRP
01-80-C2-00-00-0D
13
01-80-C2-00-00-0E
14
01-80-C2-00-00-0F
15
Bridge Management
01-80-C2-00-00-10
16
Customer GMRP
01-80-C2-00-00-20
17
Customer GARP
01-80-C2-00-00-21
18
01-80-C2-00-00-22 to01-80-C2-00-00-2F
19 to 32
Table 1-3
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
C-VID
C-PRI
S-VID
S-PRI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-23
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-3
(continued)
Bit
IP Destination Address
IP Source Address
10
11
IP DSCP
12
Table 1-4
PRELIMINARY
Alarm
pcause
Card Fail
rup
Card Mismatch
rutm
Card Out
rum
Unconfigured Equipment
uep
OR Battery Failure
batteryfail
Fuse Broken
fusebroken
SLC Unreachable
icp
LDC Unreachable
icp
LA Alarm
lanfailure
Software Mismatch
versionmismatch
excessiveenvironmentaltemperature
Link Failure
receiverfailure
housekeepingalarm
PLM
plm
TSF
tsf
TSD / DEG
sdhconcdegrade
LOS
los
LOF
lof
CSF
csf
EXM
extensionheadermismatch
UPM
userpayloadmismatch
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-24
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-4
(continued)
Alarm
pcause
URU
uru
UAT
uat
TCA
tca
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
4. The ASAP configuration commands require operator to enter the ASAP user label
instead of the ASAP index, for simplicity sake.
5. In some commands, the bridge port is referenced by the bridge port number.
6. When an optional value in a command is not provided by the operator, the
corresponding currently configured value remains unchanged (if no value had been
previously configured the default value applies). In the commands where a different
behavior is applied, it is explicitly stated.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
1-25
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
7. If only one resource is involved, then CLI command is atomic (that is, if any
command parameter setting fails, the entire command is rejected). If two or more
resources are involved, then it is possible that some resources will be modified
successfully and some resources will not be modified because a setting fails.
8. For commands which set parameters that are modifiable only when a certain resource
is administratively disabled, it is required to check if this condition is satisfied and, if
not, to reject the command advising properly the operator.
PRELIMINARY
Introduction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9. If a CLI command fails, the error code currently defined for the corresponding
management function failure has to be reported to the operator.
10. Any parameter that is retrievable by a show command but that is not significant in a
specific scenario in which the command has been applied, is neglected in the show
report.
11. By default, the output for all commands is presented one screen at a time. This can be
disabled, using the command, administrator config confirm disable or
session config confirm disable.
The administrator group commands configure/show default options until next CLI
reboot. Configurations are not stored on hard disk but are the default for current
session and all next sessions, options until next CLI reboot. Administrator commands
can be used only by users with PROV security privileges.
The session group commands configure/show options for the current CLI session
only. Session commands can be used by all users.
12. Some commands requires a confirmation for allowing operator an after-editing
verification.
13. CLI is allowed to perform 'set' operations only if it has granted local access control.
There is one exception: the set operation for requesting the access control itself.
PRELIMINARY
14. When the E is able to support both "condition" and "change" management function
of a certain parameter, the command, defined in this document for setting that
parameter, refers always to the "change" management function. This policy has to be
applied independent of which of the two management function ("change" or
"condition") is referred in the command reference section.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
1-26
PRELIMINARY
2quipment management
E
commands
Overview
Purpose
2-2
2-5
2-6
2-6
2-7
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-12
2-14
2-15
2-16
2-17
2-18
2-18
2-19
extpoint show in
2-20
2-21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-22
2-23
2-24
Identifies the type of the equipment item. Acceptable equipment types are listed in the
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1
Product Information Planning Guide.
PRELIMINARY
Example
In the following example the eqpt position command is entered, then the
eqpt show allpositions command is entered to show the equipment configuration.
Cli:ADMIN > eqpt position r1sr1sl14 type PP20G
>> error: denied command for SwPackage profile
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl18d1p1 EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d1p2 EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d1p3 SS-162C-1530
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d1p4 EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d1p5 EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d1p6 1000B
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d1p7 EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d1p8 EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d1p9 EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d1p10 EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl18d2
PIMMS
EMPTY
r1sr1sl19
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl20
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl21
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl22
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl23
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl24
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl25
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl26
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl27
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl28
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl29
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl30
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl31
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl32
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl33
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl34
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl35
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl36
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl37
POW320
POW320
r1sr1sl38
EMPTY
EMPTY
r1sr1sl39
POW320
EMPTY
r1sr1sl40
FAN320
FAN320
r1sr1sl41
FAN320
FAN320
r1sr1sl42
TBUS320
TBUS320
r1sr1sl43
TBUS320
TBUS320
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
inService (1)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
inService (1)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
inService (1)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
outOfService (0)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
PRELIMINARY
CLI:ADMIN >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command allow you to set the ASAP associated to an equipment position.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The following example shows the command for a specific board (slot 6).
Cli:ADMIN > eqpt position r1sr1sl6 asap "no alarm"
>> error: denied command for SwPackage profile
This commands retrieves all ASAP that can be assigned to position naming_set_list.
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
Example
PRELIMINARY
Status
------------active (1)
active (1)
active (1)
active (1)
This command retrieves the allowed equipment types for an equipment position.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The following example shows the allowed equipment types available for a specific
position (slot 6):
r1sr1sl6
r1sr1sl6
r1sr1sl6
r1sr1sl6
allowed
allowed
allowed
allowed
equipment
equipment
equipment
equipment
Type:
Type:
Type:
Type:
EMPTY
PP20G
CMDX8S
CMDX2S-1470/1490
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The following example shows all information about a specific board (slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > eqpt position r1sr1sl6 show info
Show Equipment Info r1sr1sl6
------------------------------expected eqpt type Id: 325
expected eqpt type: PP10G
actual eqpt type: EMPTY
equipment status: inService (1)
Asap Index: 2
Alarm Severity Profile UserLabel: 'primary alarms'
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command retrieves the Remote Inventory (RI) data of an item in an equipment
position.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
In the following example, the fields relevant to the RI information (Status, Mnemonic,
CLEI code, P/, etc.) for a specific equipped board (slot 6) are displayed:
Cli:ADMIN > eqpt position r1sr1sl6 show ri
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP, where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0, 17
Board
0, 143
Drawer
0, 17
Port
0, 11023
ote: When a certain field is meaningless for naming a resource, this field is omitted
in the naming.
ote: For commands that apply to a board, naming must have rack, subrack, and
board. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, drawer=0, and port.
Example
The following example illustrates a command that is relevant to a specific board in slot 6:
Cli:ADMIN > eqpt position r1sr1sl6 reset
>> error: denied command for SwPackage profile
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command retrieves the expected equipment type for all slot positions (boards,
drawers and ports).
This command has the same objective of command eqpt position naming_set_list
show type (p. 2-5), but applied to all E slot positions (for practical use).
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
The following example shows the information about all the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320
and TSS-160 equipment slot positions, specifically:
PRELIMINARY
Position
expected
actual
equipment status
eqpt type eqpt type
-------------------- ------------ ----------- ---------------r1
RACK
EMPTY
inService (1)
r1sr1
S320
EMPTY
inService (1)
r1sr1sl1
EC320
EC320
inService (1)
r1sr1sl2
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl3
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl4
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl5
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl6
PIM20G
EMPTY
inService (1)
r1sr1sl6d1
PIM10GE
EMPTY
inService (1)
r1sr1sl6d1p1
10GB
EMPTY
inService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2
PIM1GE
EMPTY
inService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p1
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p2
1000B
EMPTY
inService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p3
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p4
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p5
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p6
1000B
EMPTY
inService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p7
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p8
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p9
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl6d2p10
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EMPTY
PP20G
PIMMS
EMPTY
EMPTY
MT320
MT320
EMPTY
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
MT320
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
outOfService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
r1sr1sl18
r1sr1sl18d1
r1sr1sl18d1p1
r1sr1sl18d1p2
r1sr1sl18d1p3
r1sr1sl18d1p4
r1sr1sl18d1p5
r1sr1sl18d1p6
r1sr1sl18d1p7
r1sr1sl18d1p8
r1sr1sl18d1p9
r1sr1sl18d1p10
r1sr1sl18d2
r1sr1sl19
r1sr1sl20
r1sr1sl21
r1sr1sl22
r1sr1sl23
r1sr1sl24
r1sr1sl25
r1sr1sl26
r1sr1sl27
r1sr1sl28
r1sr1sl29
r1sr1sl30
r1sr1sl31
r1sr1sl32
PP20G
EMPTY
inService (1)
PIM1GE
EMPTY
inService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
SS-162C-1530 EMPTY
inService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1000B
EMPTY
inService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
PIMMS
EMPTY
inService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7
r1sr1sl8
r1sr1sl8d1
r1sr1sl8d2
r1sr1sl9
r1sr1sl10
r1sr1sl11
r1sr1sl12
r1sr1sl13
r1sr1sl13d1
r1sr1sl13d2
1.1.13.3.0
1.1.13.4.0
1.1.13.5.0
1.1.13.6.0
1.1.13.7.0
r1sr1sl13
r1sr1sl14
r1sr1sl15
r1sr1sl16
r1sr1sl17
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl33
r1sr1sl34
r1sr1sl35
r1sr1sl36
r1sr1sl37
r1sr1sl38
r1sr1sl39
r1sr1sl40
r1sr1sl41
r1sr1sl42
r1sr1sl43
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
POW320
EMPTY
POW320
FAN320
FAN320
TBUS320
TBUS320
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
FAN320
FAN320
TBUS320
TBUS320
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
Cli:ADMIN >
This command retrieves the status of the backplane links from the Matrix (main and spare
MT320 units) to the ports and vice versa.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
The following example shows the Rx/Tx status between a single port at the
board/drawer/port level, and the active MT320 unit (without ports into the shelf):
PRELIMINARY
2-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl6d2p4
r1sr1sl6d2p5
r1sr1sl6d2p6
r1sr1sl6d2p7
r1sr1sl6d2p8
r1sr1sl6d2p9
r1sr1sl6d2p10
r1sr1sl7
r1sr1sl8
r1sr1sl8d1
r1sr1sl8d2
r1sr1sl9
r1sr1sl10
r1sr1sl11
r1sr1sl12
r1sr1sl13
r1sr1sl13d1
r1sr1sl13d2
1.1.14.3.0
1.1.14.4.0
1.1.14.5.0
1.1.14.6.0
1.1.14.7.0
r1sr1sl13
r1sr1sl14
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160 etwork
Element name.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
The following example shows the information regarding the Alcatel-Lucent 1850
TSS-320 and TSS-160 equipment name and associated equipment release.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP, where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0, 17
Board
0, 143
Drawer
0, 17
Port
0, 11023
ote: When a certain field is meaningless for naming a resource, this field is omitted
in the naming. For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not
supported and the value must always be 0.
ote: For commands that apply to a board, naming must have rack, subrack, and
board. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, drawer=0, and port.
Example
The following example shows a command relevant to a switch between matrices (MT320
units):
Cli:ADMIN > eqpt prot manualswitch from r1sr1sl10 to r1sr1sl11
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP, where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0, 17
Board
0, 143
Drawer
0, 17
Port
0, 11023
ote: When a certain field is meaningless for naming a resource, this field is omitted
in the naming. For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not
supported and the value must always be 0.
ote: For commands that apply to a board, naming must have rack, subrack, and
board. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, drawer=0, and port.
Example
The second is relevant to the Equipment Controller unit (EC320, position 1). This
feature is OT available in the current release.
Cli:ADMIN > eqpt pro show unit r1sr1sl10
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Protection
Protection
Protection
Protection
Unit Type
: -----switch Command : -----switch Criteria : -----switch Status : ------
An integer number in the range 18, indicating the specific Housekeeping Input.
extpoint_userlabel
The following example shows information for a specific Housekeeping Input (Input 1).
Cli:ADMIN > extpoint in 1 userlabel RELUNOQUATTRO
>> error: denied command for SwPackage profile
PRELIMINARY
extpointin_naming
An integer number in the range 18, indicating the specific Housekeeping Input.
asap_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows information for a specific Housekeeping Input (Input 1).
Cli:ADMIN > extpoint in 1 asap "all alarms"
>> error: denied command for SwPackage profile
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves the user label and ASAP (index and user label) information
associated with a specific External Point Input.
Syntax definitions
extpointin_naming
An integer number in the range 18, indicating the specific Housekeeping Input.
Example
The following example shows information for a specific Housekeeping Input (Input 3).
Cli:ADMIN > extpoint in 3 show asap
Show Housekeeping input Info .3
---------------------------------external input point UserLabel: 'CPI3'
external input point Asap Index: 2
Alarm Severity Profile UserLabel: 'primary alarms'
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-19
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
extpoint show in
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
extpoint show in
Description
This command retrieves the user label and ASAP (index and user label) information
associated with all External Point Inputs.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
The following example shows information for all Housekeeping Input (eight inputs are
provided).
Cli:ADMIN > extpoint show in
Show external point input Info .1
----------------------------------external input point UserLabel: 'CPI1'
external input point Asap Index: 2
Alarm Severity Profile UserLabel: 'primary alarms'
Show external point input Info .2
----------------------------------external input point UserLabel: 'CPI2'
external input point Asap Index: 2
Alarm Severity Profile UserLabel: 'primary alarms'
Show external point input Info .3
----------------------------------external input point UserLabel: 'CPI3'
external input point Asap Index: 2
Alarm Severity Profile UserLabel: 'primary alarms'
PRELIMINARY
2-20
extpoint show in
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This command allows you to set the user label associated to an External Point Output.
When event type is specified, it must be one of the allowed event types. Otherwise, the
command is not allowed.
Syntax definitions
extpointout_naming
An integer number in the range 14, indicating the specific Housekeeping Output.
extpoint_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-21
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When event type is specified, it must be one of the allowed event types. Otherwise, the
command is not allowed.
Syntax definitions
extpointout_naming
An integer number in the range 14, indicating the specific Housekeeping Output.
eventtype_id
An integer number, within the allowed set, indicating the specific event type to be
associated with an external output point working in automatic mode.
eventtype_name
A string equal to the specific event type string (within the allowed set) to be associated
to an external output point working in automatic mode.
Example
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command provides information associated with all External Point Outputs.
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
/A
Example
The following example shows information for all Housekeeping Output (four outputs are
provided).
Cli:ADMIN > extpoint show out
Show external point output Info .1
-----------------------------------external output point UserLabel: '------'
external output point Criteria: -----external output point automatic Event Id: -----external output point automatic Event: -----Show external point output Info .2
-----------------------------------external output point UserLabel: '------'
external output point Criteria: -----external output point automatic Event Id: -----external output point automatic Event: -----Show external point output Info .3
-----------------------------------external output point UserLabel: '------'
external output point Criteria: -----external output point automatic Event Id: -----external output point automatic Event: -----Show external point output Info .4
-----------------------------------external output point UserLabel: '------'
external output point Criteria: -----external output point automatic Event Id: -----external output point automatic Event: ------
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
2-23
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command retrieves a list of events (with corresponding identifiers) that can be
associated with an External Point Output when automatic management is active.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
The following example are shows information relevant to the events for Housekeeping.
Cli:ADMIN > expoint show outeventslist
Index
external output point allowed Event
--------- ----------------------------------------------------------1000001 Card Fail in slot 1
1000002 Card Mismatch in slot 1
1000003 Card Out in slot 1
1000000 Card Fail in slot 10
1000000 Card Mismatch in slot 10
1000000 Card Out in slot 10
1000000 Unconfigured Equipment in slot 10
1100000 Card Fail in slot 11
1100000 Card Mismatch in slot 11
1100000 Card out in slot 11
1100000 Unconfigured Equipment in slot 11
1400000 Card Fail in slot 14
1400000 Card Mismatch in slot 14
1400000 Card out in slot 14
1400000 Unconfigured Equipment in slot 14
1401000 Card Fail in slot 14 in PIM 1
1401000 Card Mismatch in slot 14 in PIM 1
1401000 Card out in slot 14 in PIM 1
1401000 Unconfigured Equipment in slot 14 in PIM 1
1401060 Card Fail in slot 14 in PIM 1 Interface 6
1401060 Card Mismatch in slot 14 in PIM 1 Interface 6
1401060 Card Out in slot 14 in PIM 1 Interface 6
1401060 Unconfigured Equipment in slot 14 in PIM 1 in
3700000 Card Mismatch in slot 37
3700000 Card out in slot 37
3900000 Card Mismatch in slot 39
3900000 Card Out in slot 39
4000000 Card Fail in slot 40
4000000 Card Out in slot 40
4100000 Card Fail in slot 41
4100000 Card Out in slot 41
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
2-24
PRELIMINARY
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to Ethernet physical and GFP
management.
Contents
General interface management
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-6
3-6
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-15
GFP management
3-17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-20
3-21
3-23
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28
3-29
3-30
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3-3
3-4
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows all interfaces configured for a specific board in slot 6.
Cli:ADMIN > interface show r1sr1sl6
Port
InterfaceType ClientType AdminStatus TrafficEnabled
=============================================================
r1sr1sl6d1p1
eth (6)
ets (1)
down (2)
down (2)
r1sr1sl6d1p2
eth (6)
ets (1)
down (2)
down (2)
r1sr1sl6d1p6
eth (6)
ets (1)
down (2)
down (2)
PRELIMINARY
the traffic rate to which transmission is limited (for remote Ethernet port only)
the traffic port enabling
the ingress port admitted Flooding Rate (i.e. the threshold value of received admitted
bandwidth generating flooding traffic, on this ingress interface)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
Example
The following example shows all configured interface information for a specified board
in slot 6.
Cli:ADMIN > interface trafficshow r1sr1sl6
Port
AdminStatus TrafficEnabled OperStatus Speed LimitedSpeed FloodingRate
=============================================================================
r1sr1sl6d1p1 down (2)
down (2) down (2) 10000000
0 10000000
r1sr1sl6d2p2 down (2)
down (2) down (2) 1000000
0 1000000
r1sr1sl6d2p6 down (2)
down (2) down (2) 1000000
0 1000000
The following example shows the information for all configured interfaces in the
equipment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-6
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-15
This command configures the default MAU type for the interface.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
The following example displays two commands for a specific port (interface 1 of drawer
1 of board in slot 8):
The second command has been entered to report all the relevant MAU information.
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl8d1p1 localeth defaulttype
10ge-er
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl8d1p1 localeth show mauinfo
Show mau Info - r1sr1sl8d1p1
-----------------------------Mau status: shutdown (5)
Mau Media Available: other (1)
Mau Jabber State: other (1)
Mau Type List Bits: 000000004000 [b10GbaseR (33)]
Mau default type: dot3MauType10GigBaseER (1.3.6.1.2.1.26.4.34)
Mau Auto Neg Supported: true (1)
Mau Ext Optical Channel Type: blackWhite (1)
Mau Ext Optical Channel Lambda: 0
Mau Ext Optical Channel spacing: 0
Mau Ext Asap Index: -----Jack Type: fiberLC (14)
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
MAU status
operational status
jack connector type (fiber)
auto-negotiation support
optical channel type (B&W or Colored)
ASAP pointer
interface alarm status
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
3-8
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
The following example shows the command output relevant to a specified port:
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl28d0p8 localeth autoneg
restart
62 - message: successful completed command !!
PRELIMINARY
the PAUSE frame handling capability; each possible value corresponds to a defined
combination of capability bits from 8 to 11:
0000 for 'no pause'
1100 for 'asymmetric pause' (default value)
1111 for 'asymmetric and symmetric pause'This option is not currently available.
ote: Optical GE interfaces advertise only mau type = 1000BaseX-FD.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-10
Full command
PRELIMINARY
naming_set_list
The following example shows the command for a specific port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of
board in slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d1p1 localeth autoneg
advertisedcapability
.. message: successful completed command !!
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
This command configures the type of CSF action triggered by a Remote Client Fail
indication. It can be:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-12
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
This command configures the type of SSF action triggered by a Remote Client Fail
indication. It can be:
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Example
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves the type of CSF and SSF actions triggered by a Remote Client
Fail indication.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The following example shows the Remote Client Fail status for interface 1, drawer 1, slot
8.
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl8d1p1 localeth show rcfaction
R1sr1sl8d1p1 - RCF consequent action type: no action (0)
Cli:ADMIN >
This command configures the current port transmit/receive state on the specified
interfaces.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
3-14
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
r1sr1sl3d0p1,r1sr1sl5d0p2
PRELIMINARY
means that the port 1 of the board in slot 3 and the port 2 of the board in slot
5 are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
This command reports the following data for each given port:
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Example
The following example displays information relevant to a specific port (interface 1 of the
board in slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d0p1 localeth show
trafficconditioning
Show Local Ethernet Interface Traffic Info of port r1sr1sl6d0p1
----------------------------------------------------------------TrafficEnabled: down (2)
FloodingRate: 10000000
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-16
GFP management
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GFP management
Overview
Purpose
PRELIMINARY
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-20
3-21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-17
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
PRELIMINARY
GFP management
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth sl {auto |
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eqptnonspec}
Example
The command in the following example is relevant to a specific port (interface 1, drawer
2, slot 6).
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d2p1 remoteeth sl auto
CLI msg: warning: already present value r1sr1sl6d2p1
This command configures the CSF transmit capability to one of the following:
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
specifies the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specifies the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-18
GFP management
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth csf
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The command in the following example is relevant to a specific port (interface 1, drawer
2, slot 6).
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d2p1 remoteeth csf bidir
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
This command changes the ASAP pointer associated to the mapping layer.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-19
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
GFP management
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
trafficstatus {enable | disable}
This command configures the current port transmit/receive state on the given interfaces.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
To be supplied.
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-20
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
Example
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl5d0p103 remoteeth show
trafficconditioning
PRELIMINARY
GFP management
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth show
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
trafficconditioning
Presence of GFP FCS in received frames as inferred from PFI bit (GFP only)
Client Layer (for GFP)
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-21
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
GFP management
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth show
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mappinginfo
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This section contains various commands related to Ethernet over PDH module
management.
Contents
interface position naming_set_list localeth pdh rate {e1 | ds1 | e3 | ds3}
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28
3-29
3-30
This command configures the rate of the PDH interface supporting Ethernet service.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-23
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
Example
Cli:ADMIN > help interface position r1sr1sl25d0p3 localeth pdh rate
rate
- Configure rate of the PDH interface
supporting Ethernet service.
Syntax:
rate { e1 | ds1 | e3 | ds3 }
{rate}
- Rate of the PDH interface supporting
Ethernet service. Syntax:
{ e1 | ds1 | e3 | ds3 }
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl25d0p3 localeth pdh rate e1
.. message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN >
This command configures whether CRC must be enabled or disabled on the PDH signal.
Valid only for e1 rate.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-24
Example
Cli:ADMIN > help interface position r1sr1sl25d0p3 localeth pdh crc
crc
- Configure crc for the PDH signal.
Valid only for e1 rate.
Syntax:
crc { enable | disable }
{crc}
- Crc configuration for the PDH signal.
Valid only for e1 rate.
Syntax: { enable | disable }
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl25d0p3 localeth pdh crc enable
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
This command configures the Rx sensitivity of the module. Valid only for e1 and ds1
rates.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-25
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
{rxsensitivity}
- Rx sensitivity for the PDH module.
Valid only for e1 and ds1 rates. Syntax: { longhaul | shorthaul }
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl25d0p3 localeth pdh
rxsensitivity longhaul
.. message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN >
This command configures the maximum length of the PDH line. Valid only for ds1 or ds3
rates.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
Maximum length of the PDH line. Valid only for ds1 or ds3 rates.Integer. { 04 } for
ds1 rate, { 01 } for ds3 rate.
PRELIMINARY
Example
Cli:ADMIN > help interface position r1sr1sl25d0p4 localeth pdh lbo
lbo
- Configure maximum length of the PDH
line. Valid only for ds1 or ds3 rates. Syntax: Integer. { 0 - 4 }
for ds1 rate, { 0 - 1} for ds3 rate.
{lbo}
- Maximum length of the PDH line. Valid
only for ds1 or ds3 rates. Syntax: Integer. { 0 - 4 } for ds1
rate, { 0 - 1 } for ds3 rate.
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl25d0p4 localeth pdh lbo 0
.. message: successful completed command !!
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-26
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lbo_value
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
Description
This command configures the line coding of the interface. Valid only for ds1 rate.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-27
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
This command configures the frame format of the PDH signal. Valid only for ds1 or ds3
rates.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
3-28
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command configures the configuration of the Ethernet over PDH SFP modules.
Full command
PRELIMINARY
Maximum length of the PDH line. Valid only for ds1 or ds3 rates.Integer. { 04 } for
ds1 rate, { 01 } for ds3 rate.
Example
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-29
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lbo
- Maximum length of the PDH line. Valid
only for ds1 or ds3 rates. Syntax: Integer. { 0 - 4 } for ds1
rate, { 0 - 1 } for ds3 rate.
linecoding
- Line coding of interface. Valid only
for ds1 rate. Syntax: { b8zs | ami }
signalmode
- Frame format of the PDH signal. Valid
only for ds1 or ds3 rates. Syntax: { esf | sf } for ds1 rate, {
cbit | m23 } for ds3.
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl25d0p3 localeth pdh config lbo
3 signalmode esf
.. message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN >
This command displays the configuration of the Ethernet over PDH SFP modules.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
3-30
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
3-31
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
4thernet port
E
management commands
Overview
Purpose
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-7
4-9
4-11
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-17
4-17
4-19
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-24
4-25
4-26
vlanprotprofile activate
4-27
4-28
4-28
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This section contains various commands related to Ethernet port management over MAU.
Contents
interface position naming_set_list localeth {activate | deactivate}
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-7
4-9
This command creates and administratively enables or disables an Ethernet Local port:
MAU, Ety, Ety/Eth, EFC, Eth_T layers.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The first command activates a specific port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in
slot 6).
The second command deactivates the same port.
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d1p1 localeth
activate
ote: Deactivation of the local interface is necessary to set all the following
commands.
This command configures the port type (local). The default E value is ETS.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-4
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
specifies the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specifies the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19
PRELIMINARY
Example
The command in the following example is relevant to a specific port (interface 1, drawer
1, slot 6).
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d1p1 localeth portservice ets
Cli:ADMIN >
This command configures the port maximum MTU/MRU (local), replacing the default
MTU/MRU value.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
An integer value, indicating the MTU/MRU in byte. MTU/MRU allowed and default
values are listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and
TSS-160), Release 3.1 TL1 User Provisioning Guide.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mtu_value
Example
The following example is relevant to the specified port (interface 1, drawer 1, slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d1p1 localeth maxmtu 1574
This command configures the Ethernet PAUSE frame handling that is applied when
auto-negotiation is disabled.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The following example shows the command for a specified port (interface 1, drawer 1,
slot 6):
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
asap_userlabel
This command changes the ASAP pointer associated to the Ethernet layer.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
An ASCII string defined by the Operator. Valid characters are letters (both
cases), digits and dash ('-').'
Example
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl28d0p8 localeth ethasap 'allalarms'
62 - message: successful completed command !!
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The flooding rate admitted at the ingress port expressed in kbit/s. Refer to the
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1
User Provisioning Guide.
mtu_value
An integer, indicating the MTU/MRU value. The allowed and default MTU/MRU
values are listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and
TSS-160), Release 3.1 User Provisioning Guide.
asap_userlabel
The following example shows all local Ethernet interface information relevant to a
specified port:
PRELIMINARY
4-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
The Ethernet local MAC Address (if the local Mac Address is unavailable, it is set to
00:00:00:00:00:00)
If the interface has a physical connector
The encapsulation method used by the local Ethernet entity (for example, ethernetV2,
llc-snap)
The ASAP associated to the Ethernet port.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
Example
The following example shows all local Ethernet interface information relevant to the
specified port (interface 1, drawer 1, slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d1p1 localeth show ethinfo
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This section contains various commands related to Ethernet port management over GFP.
Contents
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth {activate | deactivate}
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
PRELIMINARY
Example
The first activates a specific port (interface 2 of drawer 2 of board in slot 6).
This command configures the port type (remote). The default E value is ETS.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
The following example of the command is relevant to a specific port (interface 2, drawer
2, slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d2p2 remoteeth
portservice ets
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mtu_value
This command replaces the default MTU/MRU (remote) value with a new port
maximum.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
An integer value, indicating the MTU/MRU in byte. MTU/MRU allowed and default
values are listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and
TSS-160), Release 3.1 TL1 User Provisioning Guide.
Example
The following example shows output relevant to the specified port (interface 2, drawer 2,
slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d2p6 remoteeth
maxmtu 1574
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The flooding rate admitted at the ingress port, expressed in kbit/s. Refer to the
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1
User Provisioning Guide.
asap_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
mtu_value
An integer value, indicating the MTU/MRU value. MTU/MRU allowed and default
values are listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and
TSS-160), Release 3.1 TL1 User Provisioning Guide.
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-14
The Ethernet local MAC Address (if the local Mac Address is unavailable, it is set to
00:00:00:00:00:00)
The presence or absence of a physical connector for the interface
The handling of incoming errored Ethernet frames
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The following example shows remote Ethernet interface information relevant to the
specified port (interface 2, drawer 2, slot 6):
> interface position r1sr1sl6d2p2 remoteeth show ethinfo
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This section contains various commands related to VLA profile and Layer2 frames
management.
Contents
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile bind
4-17
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-24
4-25
4-26
vlanprotprofile activate
4-27
4-28
4-28
Full command
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-17
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
The following shows the output of this command for a specific port (interface 2, drawer
1, slot 6):
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-18
This command associates the default VLA protocol profile with an Ethernet port
configured as an ETS port.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
The following shows the output of this command for a specific port (interface 2, drawer
1, slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d1p2 vlanprotprofile default
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-19
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
This command creates and activates a VLA protocol profile, defining its user label and
optional EtherType. If the EtherType is not specified, the profile is initiated with
EtherType=0x8100.
Full command
PRELIMINARY
vlanprotprof_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-20
Example
The following shows the output of this command for a specific port (interface 2, drawer
1, slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d1p6 vlanprotprofile activate
pippo
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves a list of all VLA protocol profiles with the corresponding
protocol type. The information can be limited to one VLA profile by indicating its user
label.
Full command
lag4-7&18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-21
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
The following is an example of a naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl7-17d0p10
vlanprotprof_userlabel
The following shows the output of this command for a specific port (interface 2, drawer
1, slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > interface position r1sr1sl6d1p2 vlanprotprofile show
pippo
Index Vlan User Label
vlan Ether Type vlan Status
-------- ------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------1
pippo
33024
active (1)
This command configures how layer2 control frames as passed or discarded when
received at a certain Ethernet port, configured as ETS port. All frames specified by the
user as pass are tunneled, and those specified as drop are discarded. The status of all
unspecified frames is unchanged.
Full command
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-22
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
A lagnumber_set is an expression using integer values (1-124), ampersand (&) and
hyphen (-). For example:
lag4-7&18
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
The following is an example of a naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl7-17d0p10
ctrl_frame_32bits
It identifies the control frame types for pass-through or discard and has the following
syntax:
[all] [customerbpdu] [slowprot] [802.1x] [providergvrp] [providerbpdu]
[bridgemgt] [customergmrp] [customergarp] [reserved] [bridgeblock]
[garpblock]
Refer to Defined indexes (p. 1-14) for addition details about ctrl_frame_32bits.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-23
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves the VLA protocol profile associated with a particular Ethernet
port defined as ETS port.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
The following example shows the Vlan Protocol Profile information for a specific port
(interface 2, drawer 1, slot 6):
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-24
This command retrieves the VLAs registered on each indicated port. It also gets the
VLA for the VLA port member set to which each indicated port belongs.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-25
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves the Layer2 control frame management (tunneled or discarded)
associated to a particular Ethernet port defined as ETS port.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
The following example shows L2 Control Frame information relevant to a specific port
(interface 2, drawer 1, slot 6):
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
4-26
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vlanprotprofile activate
Description
This command creates and activates a VLA protocol profile, defining its user label and
optional EtherType. If the ethertype_value is not specified, the profile is initiated
with EtherType=0x8100.
PRELIMINARY
Full command
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
4-27
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command retrieves a list of all VLA protocol profiles with the corresponding
protocol type. The information can be limited to one VLA profile by indicating its user
label.
Syntax definitions
vlanprotprof_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
4-28
PRELIMINARY
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to Ethernet flow and Ethernet flow QOS
management.
Contents
Classifiers
5-2
5-2
5-4
5-5
Color profile
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-8
Traffic descriptor
5-9
trafficdescriptor activate
5-9
5-11
5-11
5-12
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
5-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Classifiers
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Classifiers
Overview
Purpose
5-2
5-4
5-5
This command creates, configures, and activates an ETS InFlow classifier. Configuration
can specify the following and the PRI value/range.:
VLA ID value/range
PRI value/range
The IP DSCP specific value/range
When the VLA or PRI parameter is absent, it is set to dontcare. When the optional
maximum value for VLA or PRI is absent, the corresponding SMP attribute is set to 0.
VLA untagged implicitly means also PRIO untagged.
ote that this command is used for adding classifiers to one that is first defined when an
ETS InFlow is created.
Full command
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
5-2
Classifiers
inflowclassifier add flow_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
An integer value in the set 04094, indicating the VID (or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range).
PRELIMINARY
maxvlan_id
An integer value in the set 14094. It indicates the upper boundary of a VLA ID
range.
pri
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority, or the lower boundary of
a PRI range.
maxpri
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the upper boundary of a PRI range.
dscp
An integer value in the range 063, indicating the DSCP value, or the lower
boundary of a DSCP range.
maxdscp
An integer value in the range 063, indicating the upper boundary of a DSCP
range.
ethertype_value
An integer value in the range 04095 indicating the ATM VPI, or the lower limit
of a ATM VPI range.
maxvpi_id
An integer value in the range 04095 that indicates the upper limit of an ATM VPI
range.
vci_id
An integer value in the range 065535 indicating the ATM VCI, or the lower limit
of a ATM VCI range.
An integer value in the range 065535 indicating the upper limit of a ATM VCI
range.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
5-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
maxvci_id
PRELIMINARY
Classifiers
inflowclassifier add flow_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The second command reports all the relevant ETS InFlow Classifier information.
Cli:ADMIN > inflowclassifier add in1flow vlan untagged pri untagged
Cli:ADMIN > inflowclassifier show in1flow
OID
ClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifier
------ -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------1.1 4097
0
9
0
active (1)
1.3 4097
0
9
0
notInServi
1.4 4096
0
8
0
active (1)
2.2
4097
active (1)
This command deletes an ETS InFlow classifier added by previous commands. It cannot
delete the classifier that is defined when a flow is created.
Syntax definitions
classifier_id
The following example shows the InFlow classifier information before the command is
used to remove classifier 3.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
5-4
Classifiers
inflowclassifier remove classifier_id
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
OID
ClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifier
------ -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------1.1 4097
0
9
0
active (1)
1.4 4096
0
8
0
active (1)
2.2 4097
0
9
0
active (1)
This command retrieves information for each defined classifier, including classifier index.
The information can be limited to classifiers for a certain ETS InFlow by specifying the
flow user label.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
The following examples show the command reporting the relevant information:
Cli:ADMIN > inflowclassifier show
OID
ClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifier
------ -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------1.1 4097
0
9
0
active (1)
2.2 4097
0
9
0
active (1)
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
5-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Color profile
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Color profile
Overview
Purpose
5-6
5-7
5-8
DSCP default the default association scheme defined in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850
Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1 User Provisioning
Guide is used
pri_set the specified PRI values are associated with green, yellow, or red.
dscp_set the specified DSCP values are associated to green, assuming the others
are associated to yellow.
PRELIMINARY
Full command
5-6
Color profile
colorprofile activate colorprof_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax definitions
colorprof_userlabel
An expression using integer values 0-7, and specific symbols - and & to represent
a set of PRI value ranges associated with green in a color profile.
PRELIMINARY
For instance, 0-3&5 means that the PRI values 0,1,2,3,5 are associated with green
in the color profile. All other PRI values are associated with yellow in that color
profile.
dscp_set
An expression using integer values in the range of 0 ... -63] and specific symbols
for representing a set of DSCP value ranges which are associated with green in
that color profile. For instance, 12-15&55 means that the DSCP values 12, 13, 14,
15 and 55 are associated with green in a color profile.
Example
The following example shows the configuration and activation of a Color Profile.
Cli:ADMIN > colorprofile activate colorprof1 pri allg
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Color profile
colorprofile delete colorprof_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index User Label Status Prty0 Prty1 Prty2 Prty3 Prty4 Prty5 Prty6
Prty7
----- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
This command retrieves a list of color profiles with their drop precedence information.
The information can be limited to one color profile by indicating its user label.
Syntax definitions
colorprof_userlabel
The following command shows information for the specified Color Profile.
Cli:ADMIN > colorprofile show colorprof1
Index User Label Status Prty0 Prty1 Prty2 Prty3 Prty4 Prty5 Prty6
Prty7
----- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----1
colorprof1 active (1) green green green green green green green
green
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
5-8
Traffic descriptor
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Traffic descriptor
Overview
Purpose
PRELIMINARY
5-9
5-11
5-11
5-12
trafficdescriptor activate
Description
trafficdescriptor_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
5-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
Traffic descriptor
trafficdescriptor activate
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cir_value
An integer number, in the range 3 kbit/s - port line rate, in 1 kbit/s increments.
pir_value
An integer number, in the range 3 kbit/s - port line rate, in 1 kbit/s increments.
eir_value
An integer number, in the range 3 kbit/s - port line rate, in 1 kbit/s increments.
cbs_value
An integer value, indicating the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth (in
Kbps) on the interface for multicast traffic.
admitted_unkn_rate
An integer value, indicating the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth (in
Kbps) on the interface for unknown traffic.
Example
The following example shows the activation and configuration of a Traffic Descriptor:.
Cli:ADMIN > trafficdescriptor activate TDTest1 traffictype be cir 0
pir 1000 cbs 0 pbs 6400
CLI msg: already present TD User Label
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
5-10
Traffic descriptor
trafficdescriptor delete trafficdescriptor_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
trafficdescriptor_userlabel
This command configures an ETS traffic descriptor without changing the assigned Traffic
Descriptor type.
ote: SMP parameters are set according to MEF definition via the relations:
PIR=CIR+EIR, PBS= EBS.
Full command
An integer number, in the range 3 kbit/s - port line rate, in 1 kbit/s increments.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
5-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
trafficdescriptor_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
Traffic descriptor
trafficdescriptor config [trafficdescriptor_userlabel]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pir_value
An integer number, in the range 3 kbit/s - port line rate, in 1 kbit/s increments.
eir_value
An integer number, in the range 3 kbit/s - port line rate, in 1 kbit/s increments.
cbs_value
An integer value, indicating the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth (in
Kbps) on the interface for multicast traffic.
admitted_unkn_rate
An integer value, indicating the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth (in
Kbps) on the interface for unknown traffic.
Example
To be supplied.
This command retrieves the following information for an ETS traffic descriptor:
Traffic type
Traffic parameters
Status
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
trafficdescriptor_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
5-12
Traffic descriptor
trafficdescriptor show [trafficdescriptor_userlabel]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows information about all active Traffic descriptors:
Cli:ADMIN > trafficdescriptor show
Index User Label TD Status
TD Type cir
pir
cbs
pbs
----- ---------- ------------- ---------- -------- -------1
nullBeTD active (1) bestEffort 0
0
0
0
2
TDTest1 active (1) bestEffort 0
1000
0
64000
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
5-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
S6ervices management
commands
Overview
Purpose
flow show
6-3
6-5
6-5
6-9
6-10
6-10
6-12
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-15
6-19
6-20
6-20
6-21
6-21
6-23
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-23
Dual-Homing management
6-25
6-25
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-31
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
6-3
flow show
Description
This command retrieves the following information for a specific flow, all configured
flows with a specified service type (pb, pw, vpls,atm), a specific port, or all ports if an
flow optional parameter is not specified:
Full command
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
flow_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless for naming a resource, the field is omitted in the naming.
In commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0 and
drawer=port=0. In commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
Example
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Purpose
6-5
6-9
6-10
6-10
This command creates, configures, and activates an ETS InFlow/OutFlow and the
Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS ETS InFlow/OutFlow on which it is transported. The
command also creates the cross-connection between them.
Full command
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Configuration options
Configuration includes:
Management of the received L2 Control Frames (tunneled or discarded) for the ETS
InFlow.
L2 Control Frames, configured to be discarded at the ETS flow level will be classified
as not belonging to the ETS flow by the ETS classifier. L2 Control Frames,
configured to be tunneled or selectively tunnelled at the ETS flow level, will be
classified as belonging to the ETS flow only if they match all the other ETS classifier
criteria.
Since transport network is based on the Provider Bridge, L2 control frames with a
MAC DA of 01-80-C2-00-00-08 must be discarded, independent of user
configuration.
If the L2 control frame optional parameter is absent, all L2 control frames (except
those with MAC DA 01-80-C2-00-00-08) are tunnelled by default.
Policing for the ETS InFlow can be either:
Color blind
IETF color-aware
MEF color-aware without coupling flag
MEF coloraware with coupling flag
Disabled
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The PRI to be pushed for all frames (in colorblind mode) or only for green frames
(in coloraware mode)
The PRI to be pushed for yellow frames in coloraware mode.
If this parameter is absent, a PRI of 0 is applied by default.
If VLA push configuration parameter is absent, push operation is disabled by
default.
ETS group to which the ETS Inflow belongs.
This optional information is an alternative to the traffic descriptor/policing/color
profile configuration.
When the ETS Inflow belongs to an ETS group (flowgroup is specified), the operator
must omit:
Policing
Color profile
ETS Cross-connection set-up
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not supported. The value must
always be 0.
lagnumber
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack,
subrack, board, and port.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 04094, indicating the VID (the lower boundary of a VLA
ID range).
maxvlan_id
Uses the same syntax as vlan_id, and indicates the upper boundary of a VLA ID range.
pri
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority (the lower boundary of a PRI
range).
maxpri
Uses the same syntax as pri, and indicates the upper boundary of a PRI range.
dscp
An integer value in the range 0-63, indicating the DSCP value, or the lower boundary of a
DSCP range.
maxdscp
An integer value in the range 0-63, indicating the upper boundary of a DSCP range.
ethertype_value
PRELIMINARY
It identifies the control frame types for pass-through or discard and has the following
syntax:
[all] [customerbpdu] [slowprot] [802.1x] [providergvrp] [bridgemgt]
[customergmrp] [customergarp] [reserved] [bridgeblock] [garpblock]
Refer to Defined indexes (p. 1-14) for addition details about ctrl_frame_32bits.
colorprof_userlabel
6-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
priyellow
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority of the yellow frames.
flowgroup_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
Example
To be supplied.
This command specifies the L2 Control Frames that should be tunneled or discarded by a
previously created ETS InFlow.
Since transport network is based on Provider Bridge, the L2 control frames with a MAC
DA of 01-80-C2-00-00-08 must be discarded, independent of user configuration.
Traffic descriptor association to the ETS InFlow carries information of CoS and traffic
descriptor parameters. ote that CoS of Traffic Descriptor cannot change.
Full command
It identifies the control frame types for managing their passing through or discarding and it
has the following syntax:
[all] [customerbpdu] [slowprot] [802.1x] [providergvrp] [bridgemgt]
[customergmrp] [customergarp] [reserved] [bridgeblock] [garpblock]
trafficdescriptor_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Refer to Defined indexes (p. 1-14) for addition details about ctrl_frame_32bits.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
To be supplied.
This command retrieves details for all defined ETS InFlow/OutFlow along with the
Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS ETS InFlow/OutFlow on which they are transported.
By specifying a user label, this command can also provide detailed information about a
specific ETS InFlow/OutFlow and the Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS ETS InFlow/OutFlow
on which it is transported.
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
flow_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-10
Example
Cli:ADMIN > pbflowbid show
FlowLabelKey Flow UserLabel Flow Type
InFlow Port OutFlow Port
===================================================================
@41.1.1
'AXL001'
pbflowbid (2) r1sr1sl3d0p1 r1sr1sl3d0p1
@43.3.3
'AXL002'
pbflowbid (2) r1sr1sl3d0p4 r1sr1sl3d0p4
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-12
6-13
6-14
This command creates, configures, and activates a port-to-port configuration. This means
a local ETS InFlow/OutFlow is transparently cross-connected to an ETS InFlow/OutFlow
in such a way that all traffic incoming from one ETS is transmitted to the other one.
Configuration includes:
PRELIMINARY
Classifier definition: default classifier is applied (for example, don't-care for VLA or
PRI) values. o other classifier can be added by operator.
Traffic descriptor association: BE ULL traffic descriptor is applied.
Management of the received L2 Control Frames: all control frames are tunneled.
Policy management: it is disabled.
Color profile association: a default color profile with a drop precedence of green for
any priority is applied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
naming
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, the field is omitted from naming. For
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not supported and the value must
always be 0.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack,
subrack, board, and port.
Example
This command deletes the coupling of ETS InFlow/OutFlow and the transparent
connection between them.
Syntax definitions
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
flow_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
This command retrieves the list of ETS InFlow/OutFlow pairs that are transparently
connected.
This command also retrieves detailed information about a single pair, by specifying the
corresponding flow user label.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
The following example shows the command reporting the relevant information:
Cli:ADMIN > portportbid show
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-14
PRELIMINARY
Purpose
6-15
6-19
6-20
6-20
This command creates, configures, and activates an ETS InFlow and the Provider
Bridge/PW/VPLS ETS OutFlow on which it is transported. The command also creates the
cross-connection between them.
Full command
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Configuration options
Configuration includes:
PW Identifier
VPLS Instance
PRELIMINARY
Color blind
IETF color-aware
Disabled
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-16
VLA push configuration on the ETS OutFlow consists of enabling or disabling push
operation on ETS OutFlow irrespective of ETS OutFlow Server Types (Ethernet, pw,
and vpls) by configuring:
The VID to be pushed
The colorblind/coloraware meaning of the PRI
The PRI to be pushed for all frames in colorblind mode, or only for green frames
in coloraware mode
The PRI to be pushed for yellow frames in coloraware mode. If this parameter is
absent, PRI=0 is applied by default.
PRELIMINARY
Policing
Color profile
ETS Cross-connection set-up
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not supported. The value must
always be 0.
lagnumber
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-17
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack,
subrack, board, and port.
PRELIMINARY
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 04094, indicating the VID (the lower boundary of a VLA
ID range).
maxvlan_id
Uses the same syntax as vlan_id, and indicates the upper boundary of a VLA ID range.
pri
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority (the lower boundary of a PRI
range).
maxpri
Uses the same syntax as pri, and indicates the upper boundary of a PRI range.
dscp
An integer value in the range of 0-63, indicating the DSCP value, or the lower limit of a
DSCP range.
maxdscp
An integer value in the range of 0-63, indicating the upper limit of a DSCP range.
ethertype_value
PRELIMINARY
It identifies the control frame types for pass-through or discard and has the following
syntax:
[all] [customerbpdu] [slowprot] [802.1x] [providergvrp] [bridgemgt]
[customergmrp] [customergarp] [reserved] [bridgeblock] [garpblock]
Refer to Defined indexes (p. 1-14) for addition details about ctrl_frame_32bits.
colorprof_userlabel
6-18
priyellow
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority of the yellow frames.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
It identifies the control frame types for pass-through or discard and has the following
syntax:
[all] [customerbpdu] [slowprot] [802.1x] [providergvrp] [bridgemgt]
[customergmrp] [customergarp] [reserved] [bridgeblock] [garpblock]
Refer to Defined indexes (p. 1-14) for addition details about ctrl_frame_32bits.
trafficdescriptor_userlabel
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-19
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Example
PRELIMINARY
This command deletes an ETS InFlow, the Provider Bridge ETS OutFlow on which it is
transported, and the corresponding cross-connection.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
To be supplied.
This command retrieves a list of all defined ETS InFlows including the Provider Bridge
ETS OutFlows on which they are transported.
By specifying the user label, this command provides detailed information for a specific
ETS InFlow and the Provider Bridge ETS OutFlow on which it is transported.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-20
PRELIMINARY
Purpose
6-21
6-23
6-23
This command creates, configures and activates an ETS OutFlow and the Provider Bridge
ETS InFlow on which it is transported. The command also creates the cross-connection
between them.
Configuration includes:
The PRI to be pushed for all frames (in colorblind mode) or only for green frames
(in coloraware mode)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-21
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
The PRI to be pushed for yellow frames in coloraware mode. If this parameter is
absent, a default PRI of 0 is applied.
If VLA push configuration parameter is absent, push operation is disabled by
default.
PRELIMINARY
Full command
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not supported. The value must
always be 0.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack,
subrack, board, and port.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
PRELIMINARY
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 14094, indicating the VID (the lower boundary of a VLA
ID range).
pw_id
6-22
vpls_userlabel
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority (the lower boundary of a PRI
range).
PRELIMINARY
priyellow
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority of the yellow frames.
Example
To be supplied.
This command deletes an ETS OutFlow, the Provider Bridge ETS InFlow on which it is
transported, and the corresponding cross-connection.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
To be supplied.
This command retrieves a list of all defined ETS OutFlows with the
Bridge/MPLS/PW/VPLS ETS InFlows on which they are transported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-23
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
By specifying the corresponding user label, this command also retrieves detailed
information about a specific ETS OutFlow and the Provider Bridge/MPLS/PW/VPLS
ETS OutFlow on which it is transported.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-24
Dual-Homing management
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Dual-Homing management
Overview
Purpose
PRELIMINARY
6-25
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-31
This command also creates a cross-connection between the corresponding Inflow and
Outflow.
Configuration includes:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-25
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Dual-Homing management
cbpdu activate flow_userlabel port
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The SVID definition for the Provider Bridge ETS InFlow/OutFlow, or the Pseudowire
for a Pseudowire ETS InFlow/OutFlow. The SVID carries the C-BPDU through the
service provider network between the service provider nodes facing the customer
network.
Management of the received L2 control frames, tunneled or discarded, for the ETS
InFlow.
C-BPDU must be tunneled. All other L2 control frames must be discarded. Data
frames, represented by bit 0 of the L2CTRL 32-bit string, must also be discarded.
ote that the actual disposition of each frame is determined by the
opticsIMETSInFlowL2ActualProtocolList object that is the logical bit-by-bit AD
between the opticsIMETSInFlowLayer2ProtocolList and the
opticsIMEthLayer2ProtocolList object configured on the Ethernet port with ifIndex
equal to opticsIMETSInFlowServiceID. So C-BPDU must be tunneled on the
opticsIMEthLayer2ProtocolList of the relevant port.
Policing for the ETS InFlow It is disabled.
The Color profile association with the ETS InFlow A color profile with a drop
precedence of green for any priority is associated with the ETS InFlow.
VLA pop enabling/disabling on the ETS InFlow The pop operation is disabled.
VLA push configuration on the ETS OutFlow The push operation is disabled.
The ETS group to which the ETS Inflow belongs o flow group is allowed.
ETS Cross-connection set-up.
Full command
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-26
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not supported. The value must
always be 0.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack,
subrack, board, and port.
PRELIMINARY
Dual-Homing management
cbpdu activate flow_userlabel port
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 04094, indicating the VID (the lower boundary of a VLA
ID range).
maxvlan_id
Uses the same syntax as vlan_id, and indicates the upper boundary of a VLA ID range.
pri
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority (the lower boundary of a PRI
range).
maxpri
Uses the same syntax as pri, and indicates the upper boundary of a PRI range.
pw_id
To be supplied.
This command creates, configures, and activates a CEPST instance over a Provider
Bridge UI port.
Syntax definitions
naming
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
Subrack
17
0 or 17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-27
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
PRELIMINARY
Dual-Homing management
cepst activate port naming [pathcost port_path_cost]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not supported. The value must
always be 0.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack,
subrack, board, and port.
port_path_cost
The port path cost. Its value depends on the link speed of the port (e.g. if the link speed of
the port is Mbit/s, the port_path_cost is an integer value in the range 1200000000. The
default value is 20,000,000.
Example
To be supplied.
This command deactivates a CEPST instance over a Provider Bridge UI port.
Syntax definitions
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-28
Dual-Homing management
cepst deactivate port naming
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not supported. The value must
always be 0.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack,
subrack, board, and port.
PRELIMINARY
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-29
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Management of the received L2 control frames, tunneled or discarded, for the ETS
InFlow.
S-BPDU must be tunneled. All other L2 control frames must be discarded. Data
frames, represented by bit 0 of the L2CTRL 32-bit string, must also be discarded.
ote that the actual disposition of each frame is determined by the
PRELIMINARY
Dual-Homing management
sbpdu activate flow_userlabel port naming
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Color profile association with the ETS InFlow A color profile with a drop
precedence of green for any priority is associated with the ETS InFlow.
VLA pop enabling/disabling on the ETS InFlow The pop operation is disabled.
VLA push configuration on the ETS OutFlow The push operation is disabled.
The ETS group to which the ETS Inflow belongs o flow group is allowed.
ETS Cross-connection set-up.
Full command
An integer value in the range of 14094, indicating the VID (the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range).
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-30
Dual-Homing management
sbpdu activate flow_userlabel port naming
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not supported. The value must
always be 0.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack,
subrack, board, and port.
PRELIMINARY
vlan_id
An integer value in the range of 14094, indicating the VID (the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range).
maxvlan_id
Uses the same syntax as vlan_id, and indicates the upper boundary of a VLA ID range.
pri
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority (the lower boundary of a PRI
range).
maxpri
Uses the same syntax as pri, and indicates the upper boundary of a PRI range.
pw_id
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-31
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
This command creates also the cross-connection between the corresponding Inflow and
Outflow.
PRELIMINARY
Dual-Homing management
vrrp activate flow_userlabel port naming {svlan
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vlan_id | pw pw_id}
Configuration includes:
Management of the received L2 control frames, tunneled or discarded, for the ETS
InFlow. VRRP PDU must be tunneled. All other L2 control frames must be discarded.
Data frames, represented by bit 0 of the L2CTRL 32-bit string, must also be
discarded.
Policing for the ETS InFlow It is color-blind.
The Color profile association with the ETS InFlow A color profile with a drop
precedence of green for any priority is associated with the ETS InFlow.
VLA pop enabling/disabling on the ETS InFlow The pop operation is disabled.
VLA push configuration on the ETS OutFlow The push operation is disabled.
The ETS group to which the ETS Inflow belongs o flow group is allowed.
ETS Cross-connection set-up.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
6-32
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160, drawer is not supported. The value must
always be 0.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack,
subrack, board, and port.
PRELIMINARY
Dual-Homing management
vrrp activate flow_userlabel port naming {svlan
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vlan_id | pw pw_id}
vlan_id
An integer value in the range of 14094, indicating the VID (the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range).
pw_id
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
6-33
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
7 AC/Virtual/Provider
M
bridge port and bridge
port QOS management
commands
Generic configuration
Overview
Purpose
7-1
7-2
7-2
This command configures the bridge type on Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Generic configuration
bridge type {virtual | provider | none}
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following example shows the response from the E when a configuration is already
present.
Cli:ADMIN > bridge type virtual
>> warning: already present value for Bridge Type of
This command displays the bridge type that is configured on Alcatel-Lucent 1850
TSS-320 and TSS-160.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
/A
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
7-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This section contains various commands related to VLA registration entry management.
Contents
bridge vlan activate vlan_set
7-3
7-5
7-6
7-7
7-9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
7-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax definitions
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 14094, and specific symbols, for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
7-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The first command shows a configuration for a specific VLA (2000) associated to a
specific port (interface 2, drawer 1, slot 6).
The second command displays information about all VLAs configured for the E.
Cli:ADMIN > bridge vlan activate 2000 portset r1sr1sl6d1p2
>> message: executed command for Vlan Id. .2000
>>message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN > bridge vlan show
Index Vlan Status
-------- -----------------------------1
active (1)
1000
active (1)
2000
active (1)
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
This command deletes a static VLA or S-VLA registration entry by specifying its
VLA ID. This command flushes the IVL dynamic entries in the filtering database, and
removes the IVL static entries defined for the VID.
Syntax definitions
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 14094, and specific symbols, for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
Example
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
7-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command adds ports to a VLA Port Member Set and/or VLA Port Untagged Set
for a static VLA or S-VLA registration entry.
If u is not specified for a port entry, it is added to only the VLA Port Member Set.
If u is specified for a port entry, it is added to the VLA Port Member Set and the
VLA Port Untagged Set.
ote: When a port is already in a VLA Port Member Set, it is only added to the
VLA Port Untagged Set.
Full command
An expression using integer values in the range 14094, and specific symbols, for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
PRELIMINARY
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
A lagnumber_set is an expression using integer values (1-124), ampersand (&) and
hyphen (-). For example:
lag4-7&18
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
7-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following example shows the command to add specific ports (interface 3 and 5 of
drawer 1 of the board in slot 6) to a specific VLA (2000).
PRELIMINARY
This command removes ports from a VLA Port Member Set and/or VLA Port
Untagged Set for a static VLA or S-VLA registration entry.
If u is not specified for a port entry, it is removed from only the VLA Port Untagged
Set.
If u is specified for a port entry, it is removed from the VLA Port Member Set and
the VLA Port Untagged Set.
This command triggers the removal of IVL static entries, and the flushing of IVL dynamic
entries in the Filtering Database for each port being removed from VLA port member
set <port, VID>.
The full command with all available variables is displayed below:
bridge vlan remove vlan_set portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u]
[naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u] naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u]]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
7-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Full command
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax definitions
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 14094, and specific symbols, for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
The following example shows the command to remove a specific port (interface 2 of
drawer 1 of the board in slot 6) from a specific VLA (2000).
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
7-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 14094, and specific symbols, for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
Example
The following example shows all information about a specific VLA (1000).
Cli:ADMIN > bridge vlan show 1000
Show Info of Vlan .1000
------------------------Vlan Status: active (1)
VlanStaticEgressPorts: r1sr1sl6d1p1
VlanStaticUntaggedPorts:
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
7-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-10
7-12
7-14
7-14
vlanprotprof_userlabel
7-15
7-16
7-17
7-17
PRELIMINARY
The status of ingress filtering on a Virtual/Provider etwork bridge port. The default
is ingress filtering enabled.
Virtual/Provider etwork bridge port acceptance of VLA-tagged frames only, or all
frames. The default setting is to admit all.
The PVID for a Virtual/Provider etwork bridge port. The default value for the
VLA ID assigned to untagged frames or Priority-tagged frames received on this port
is 1.
The default user priority associated with untagged frames received on a MAC/Virtual/
Provider etwork bridge port. The default value is 0.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
7-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The regeneration user table associated with Priority-tagged and Q-tagged frames
received on a Virtual/Provider etwork bridge port. The default value is for identity
mapping.
PCP encoding/decoding profile
Full command
PRELIMINARY
bridgeport_userlabel
TBS
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
7-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
An integer value in the range 14094, indicating the VID, or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
To be supplied.
The port status (for a specified VLA set), default user PRI, regeneration user table,
PVID, acceptable frame type, and ingress filtering information for a Virtual/Provider
(etwork) bridge port
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
7-12
An expression using integer values in the range 14094, and specific symbols, for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
Example
PRELIMINARY
The following example shows all information for a specific VLA (2000) on a specific
port (interface 2 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
Cli:ADMIN > bridge port r1sr1s25d1p2 show info vlan 2000
Show Bridge Vlan Port Info r1sr1s25d1p2
----------------------------------------Vlan # 2000 - Bridge Vlan Port State: disabled (1)
PortDefaultUserPriority: 0
RegenUserPriority: 0
RegenUserPriority: 1
RegenUserPriority: 2
RegenUserPriority: 3
RegenUserPriority: 4
RegenUserPriority: 5
RegenUserPriority: 6
RegenUserPriority: 7
Pvid: 1
Port Acceptable Frame Types: admitAll (1)
Port Ingress Filtering: enabled (1)
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
7-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command applies only to a Provider Bridge. It associates a VLA protocol profile
with all Provider Bridge etwork ports in one shot.
Syntax definitions
vlanprotprof_userlabel
The following example shows the command for specific VLA protocol profile
(TEST0002), defined by the operator.
Cli:ADMIN > bridge vlanprotprofile bind TEST0002
>> message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN > bridge vlanprotprofile show
Index Vlan UserLabel
Vlan Ether Type Vlan Status
----- ---------------------------------- --------------- -----------1
'aa1;
0x9f8b
active (1)
2
'TEST0002'
0x8100
active (1)
This command applies only to Provider Bridge. It associates a VLA protocol profile to
one or more Ethernet ports configured as ETB ports.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
7-14
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
A lagnumber_set is an expression using integer values (1-124), ampersand (&) and
hyphen (-). For example:
lag4-7&18
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
The following is an example of a naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl7-17d0p10
vlanprotprof_userlabel
To be supplied.
This command associates the default VLA protocol profile to all Provider Bridge
etwork ports, or a specified set of Provider Bridge I ports (ETB) that can be
specified in the optional parameter.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
7-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
This command activates the VLA protocol profile that is defined by the operator,
associated to the Provider Bridge etwork ports.
Syntax definitions
vlanprotprof_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
The following example shows the command to activate a VLA protocol profile
(TEST0002) defined by the operator.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
7-16
PRELIMINARY
Description
This command deletes the VLA protocol profile that is defined by the operator,
associated with the Provider Bridge etwork ports.
Syntax definitions
vlanprotprof_userlabel
The following example shows the command to delete a VLA protocol profile
(TEST0002) defined by the operator.
Cli:ADMIN > bridge vlanprotprofile delete TEST0002
>> message: successful completed command !!
This command retrieves the VLA protocol profile associated with the Provider Bridge
etwork ports.
Syntax definitions
vlanprotprof_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
7-17
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows the command to display information about all VLA
protocol profiles configured on the etwork Element.
Cli:ADMIN > bridge vlanprotprofile show
Index Vlan UserLabel
Flan Ether Type Vlan Status
----- ---------------------------------- --------------- -----------1
'aa1;
0x9f8b
active (1)
2
'TEST0002'
0x8100
active (1)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
7-18
PRELIMINARY
8thernet switch
E
management commands
This section contains various commands related to filtering database general parameters.
Contents
bridgedbfiltering agetime filterDbAgeTime_value
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-3
A value in the set [280sec (default), 70min, 210min, 14h, 56h], indicating the filtering
database Aging Time. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch
(TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1 User Provisioning Guide.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
filterDbAgeTime_value
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The second displays the value that has been set for the Aging Time (in seconds)
Cli:ADMIN (bridgedbfiltering) > agetime 70min
>> message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN (bridgedbfiltering) > show agetime
Aging Time: 4200
Cli:ADMIN (bridgedbfiltering) >
/A
Example
The following example shows the command to get the value of the Aging Time in
seconds.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
8-2
This command enables or disables filtering database learning and flooding on a per
VLA basis.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 14094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
An expression using integer values in the range 14094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This section contains various commands related to filtering database entries management.
Contents
bridgedbfiltering delete mac macAddr [vlan vlan_id]
8-4
8-5
8-7
8-8
8-9
8-10
PRELIMINARY
The delete operation applies to the Multicast Static or Unicast Static MIB tables,
depending on the entry being deleted.
It is possible to recognize the entry as Multicast or Unicast, by looking at the least
significant bit of the most significant byte of the MAC address. If it is 1 the entry is
multicast, otherwise it is Unicast.
If it is a unicast entry, the E tries to delete the entry from the static unicast entry table. If
the operation is rejected, the E tries to delete the entry in the dynamic unicast entry
table. If the operation is rejected, the entry has not been previously registered.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
8-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax definitions
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 14094, indicating the VID, or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range.
macAddr
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
This command creates a unicast/multicast static filtering entry in the Filtering Database
that includes the following items:
The set of allowed outbound bridge ports: The set of ports to which frames, received
from the inbound port and addressed to a specific VLA MAC address, are to be
forwarded. If no outbound port is specified, then the frame is forwarded to all ports of
that VLA.
VLA: If the VLA parameter is not specified, it refers to VID=1
Syntax definitions
macAddr
An integer value in the set 14094, indicating the VID (or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range).
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
The following example displays a command that activates the bridge filtering parameters
for a specific VLA (1), and configure it for a specific port (interface 1 or drawer 1 of the
board in slot 6) relevant to a MAC address:
Cli:ADMIN > bridgedbfiltering activate mac 00:32:96:00:01:01 vlan 1
portint r1sr1sl6d1p1
>>message: successful completed command !!
The following example displays a command that activates the bridge filtering parameters
for a specific VLA (1) it to a specific port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6)
relevant to a different MAC address:
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
8-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command retrieves the entries related to a unicast dynamic MAC address, registered
in the Filtering Database that match the selection criteria.
If a MAC is not specified, this command refers to any MAC unicast destination
address (both static and dynamic).
If the VLA parameter is not specified, this command refers to any VID.
If the port parameter is not specified, this command refers to any outbound port.
PRELIMINARY
Full command
An integer value in the set 14094, indicating the VID (or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range).
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
lag4-7&18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
The following is an example of a naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl7-17d0p10
Example
To be supplied.
This command retrieves the following information about the unicast static filtering entries
in filtering database:
The set of allowed outbound bridge ports the set of ports to which frames, received
from inbound port and addressed to a specific <[VLA], MAC address>, are to be
forwarded.
If the MAC address parameter is not specified, it refers to any unicast static MAC
address. If the VLA parameter is not specified, it refers to any VID.
Full command
PRELIMINARY
An integer value in the set 14094, indicating the VID (or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range).
Example
The following example displays all parameters relevant to unicast-static configuration for
all VLAs and ports (in the example only one is shown).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
8-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves the following information about the multicast static MAC
addresses registered in the filtering database:
The set of allowed outbound bridge ports: The set of ports to which frames, received
from an inbound port and addressed to a specific VLA or MAC address, are to be
forwarded.
If the MAC address parameter is not specified, it refers to any MAC static multicast static
address. If the VLA parameter is not specified, it refers to any VID.
Full command
An integer value in the set 14094, indicating the VID (or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Example
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command allows to get the following information about the multicast MAC
addresses registered dynamically by a Group Address Registration Protocol in the
filtering database:
If MAC address parameter is not specified, it refers to any MAC dynamic multicast static
address. If VLA parameter is not specified, it refers to any VID.
Full command
An integer value in the set 14094, indicating the VID (or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range).
macAddr
PRELIMINARY
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
8-10
PRELIMINARY
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to Spanning Tree Protocol management.
Contents
stp enable {rstp | mstp}
9-2
stp disable
9-3
9-3
stp config
9-4
9-6
9-7
9-9
9-11
9-12
9-13
9-14
9-15
9-16
9-16
9-17
9-19
9-19
9-20
9-21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
mstp region
PRELIMINARY
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-23
9-24
9-26
/A
Example
The first shows STP enabled as STP type and the command that shows the type of
STP provided for the node.
The second shows STP enabled as RSTP type.
Cli:ADMIN > stp enable stp
>> message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN > stp show type
STP Type: stp (2)
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-2
stp disable
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
stp disable
Description
This command disables the currently active Spanning Tree Protocol per node.
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
/A
Example
The following two examples show how STP is disabled, and how the STP status of the
node is displayed.
Cli:ADMIN > stp disable
>> message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN > stp show type
STP Type: manual disable (1)
This command displays the type of Spanning Tree Protocol that is active per node.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
The following example shows information about the STP type provided on the node:
Cli:ADMIN > stp show type
STP Type: rstp (3)
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
stp config
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
stp config
Description
This command changes the Spanning Tree Protocol information per node for the
following items:
When an optional value is absent, the corresponding currently configured value is not
changed.
This command does not apply to MSTP. When this command is entered, the E has to
retrieve the currently configured opticsimSTPType and, if the checks above are not
verified, to reject the command informing significantly the user. This policy is valid for
all commands in the stp context.
Full command
An expression using integer values in the range 14094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
bridge_pri
the writable portion of the bridge identifier (the first 2 byte of 8 byte). It is an integer
value in the range 061440, at increments of 4096. The default value is 32768.
bridge_max_age
PRELIMINARY
The maximum age of the information transmitted by the Bridge when it is the Root
Bridge. It is an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range 6004000. The
default value is 2000.
bridge_hello_time
9-4
stp config
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Bridge Forward Delay is used by STP to transition Root and Designated Ports to
Forwarding. It is an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range 4003000.
The default value is 1500.
Example
The following examples show STP configuration (all parameters except VLA
parameter), and the command that displays all information for the STP provisioned for
the node.
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN > stp config pri 24576 maxage 1500 hellotime 200 fwddelay
1000
>> message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN > stp show info
Show Info of STP 0
-------------------Stp Priority: 24576
Stp BridgeAddress: 00:20:60:2C:7C:00 (prty 6291456)
Stp TimeSinceTopologyChange: 0 days, 0:00:00 (hr:min:sec)
Stp TopChanges: 0
Stp DesignatedRoot: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
Stp RootCost: 0
Stp RootPortNumber: 0
Stp MaxAge: 2000
Stp Hellotime: 200
Stp ForwardDelay: 1500
Stp BridgeMaxAge: 1500
Stp BridgeHelloTime: 200
Stp BridgeForwardDelay: 1000
Stp NextBestRootCost: 0
Stp NextBestRootPortNumber: 0
Stp TxHoldCount: 6
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command retrieves the following Spanning Tree Protocol information per node.
For RSTP:
Bridge Identifier
Time Since Topology Change the time since the last topology change that was
detected by the Spanning Tree Protocol
Topology Change Count the total number of topology changes detected by this
bridge since reset or initialization
Designated Root the Bridge Identifier of the root for the spanning tree as
determined by the protocol on this bridge. This value is used as the Root Identifier
parameter in all Configuration BPDUs originated by this node.
Root Path Cost
Root Port
Max Age
Hello Time
Bridge Max Age
Syntax definitions
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 14094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
PRELIMINARY
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555
are specified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
In the following example are shown information about STP provided for the node:
Cli:ADMIN > stp show info
Show Info of STP 0
-------------------Stp Priority: 32768
Stp BridgeAddress: 00:20:60:2C:7C:00: (prty 8388608)
Stp TimeSinceTopologyChange: 0 days, 0:00:00 (hr:min:sec)
Stp TopChanges: 0
Stp DesignatedRoot: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
Stp RootCost: 0
Stp RootPortNumber: 0
Stp MaxAge: 2000
Stp HelloTime: 200
Stp ForwardDelay: 1500
Stp BridgeMaxAge: 2000
Stp BridgeHelloTime: 200
Stp BridgeForwardDelay: 1500
Stp NextBestRootCost: 0
Stp NextBestRootPortNumber: 0
Stp TxHoldCount: 6
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
This command changes the following Spanning Tree Protocol information per port.
For RSTP:
When an optional value is absent, the currently configured value is not changed.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Full command
An expression using integer values in the range 14094, and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance, 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and
2555 are specified.
PRELIMINARY
port_pri
The writable portion of the port identifier (the first 4 bits of the 2 bytes). An integer
value in the range 0240 at increments of 16 and a default value of 128.
port_path_cost
The port path cost. Its value depends on the link speed of the port (e.g. if the link speed
of the port is Mbit/s, the port_path_cost is an integer value in the range 1200000000.
The default value is 20,000,000.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The first shows STP configuration (except VLA parameter) for a specific port
(interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6), where the PRI value is set to 3.
The second shows STP configuration (except VLA parameter) for a specific port
(interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6), where the PRI value is set to 0.
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves the following Spanning Tree Protocol information per port:
Port State the current control plane state of the port. The possible values are:
disabled, learning and forwarding.
Port Identifier the unique Port Identifier consisting of Port umber and Port
Priority
Port Role
Port Path Cost
Port Designated Bridge the Bridge Identifier of the bridge, which this port
considers to be the Designated Bridge for this segment.
Port Designated Port Identifier the Port Identifier of the port on the Designated
Bridge for this segment.
Port Forward Transitions the number of times the control plane state of this port
has changed from learning to forwarding state.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Port Designated Root the unique Bridge Identifier, in the Configuration BPDUs,
for the Bridge recorded as the Root, transmitted by the Designated Bridge for the
segment to which the port is attached.
Port Designated Cost the path cost of the Designated Port for the segment
connected to this port
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Force Port State the force control plane port state in charge of disabling or
enabling Spanning Tree Protocol for a specific port. If it is enabled for a specific port,
the control plane port state is set by the protocol. If it is disabled, the control plane
port state can be set by the manager. The possible values for this are: dynamic,
blocked, and forwarding.
AdminConnectionType the connection type of administrative port. The possible
values for this are: edge port, point-to-point, not-point-to-point, or automatically
determined by bridge.
OperConnectionType the connection type of the operational port. The possible
values for this are the same as for AdminConnectionType.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
PRELIMINARY
An expression using integer values in the range 14094, and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance, 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and
2555 are specified.
Example
The following example shows information about STP for the node related to a specific
port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
mstp region
Description
Region name
Revision level
When information for an optional value is absent, the currently configured value is not
changed.
When these parameters are not set the E automatically sets the Region ame to the
Bridge Address as a text string using the hexadecimal representation, and the Revision
Level to zero (0).
Full command
PRELIMINARY
region_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
mstp region
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To be supplied.
This command retrieves the following MSTP region information per node:
Formal selector: The value 0 indicates that the components are coded as specified in
the 802.1 standard
Configuration Digest: The MST Region identifier (16 octets) as defined by the 802.1
standard
Configuration ame
Revision Level
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
Cli:ADMIN > mstp show region
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
The writable portion of the bridge identifier (the first 2 of 8 bytes). This is an integer
value in the range 061440 in increments of 4096 and with a default value of 32768.
bridge_max_age
bridge_hello_time
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
The maximum age of the information transmitted by the Bridge when it is the Root
Bridge. This is an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range 6004000 with
a default value of 2000.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To be supplied.
Bridge Identifier
Time Since Topology Change
Topology Change Count
Designated Root
Root Path Cost
Root Port
Max Age
Hello Time
Bridge Max Age
Bridge Hello Time
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
The following example shows information about MSTP CIST for the node:
Cli:ADMIN > mstp cist show info
Show Info of Mstp 0
--------------------Stp Priority: 32768
Stp BridgeAddress: 00:20:60:2C:7C:00 (prty 8388608)
Stp TimeSinceTopologyChange: 0 days, 0:00:00 (hr:min:sec)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
TopChanges: 0
DesignatedRoot: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
RootCost: 0
RootPortNumber: 0
MaxAge: 2000
HelloTime: 200
BridgeMaxAge: 2000
BridgeHelloTime: 200
NextBestRootCost: 0
NextBestRootPortNumber: 0
TxHoldCount: 6
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
An expression using integer values in the range 163, and specific symbols for
representing a set of MSTP instance value ranges. For example, 1-3&21 means that the
values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
Example
The following example shows the command used to create an MSTI, with a specific
range:
Cli:ADMIN > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 activate
.. message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An expression using integer values in the range 163, and specific symbols for
representing a set of MSTP instance value ranges. For example, 1-3&21 means that the
values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
Example
This command changes the Bridge Identifier Priority of an MSTI instance on a node
when the STPType is MSTP.
Syntax definitions
mstp_instance_set
An expression using integer values in the range 163, and specific symbols for
representing a set of MSTP value ranges. For example 1-3&21 means that the values
1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
bridge_pri
PRELIMINARY
Writable portion of the bridge identifier (the first 2 of 8 bytes). This is an integer value
in the range 061440 in increments of 4096. The default value is 32768.
Example
The following example shows the command to configure an MSTI, with a specific range
and bridge priority (PRI).
Cli:ADMIN > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 config pri 24576
.. message: successful completed command !!
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
Bridge Identifier
Time Since Topology Change
Syntax definitions
mstp_instance_set
An expression using integer values in the range 163, and specific symbols for
representing a set of MSTP instance value ranges. For example, 1-3&21 means that the
values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
Example
The following example shows information about MSTP MSTI for a specific range. Three
of the ten items in this range are shown; mstp 10, mstp 11, and mstp 20.
Cli:ADMIN > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 show info
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-17
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Stp NextBestRootCost: 0
Stp NextBestRootPortNumber: 0
Stp TxHoldCount: 6
Show Info of Mstp 11
--------------------Stp Priority: 24587
Stp BridgeAddress: 00:20:60:2C:7C:00 (prty 6291467)
Stp TimeSinceTopologyChange: 0 days, 0:00:00 (hr:min:sec)
Stp TopChanges: 0
Stp DesignatedRoot: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 8388608)
Stp RootCost: 0
Stp RootPortNumber: 0
Stp MaxAge: 2000
Stp HelloTime: 200
Stp ForwardDelay: 1500
Stp BridgeMaxAge: 2000
Stp BridgeHelloTime: 200
Stp BridgeForwardDelay: 1500
Stp NextBestRootCost: 0
Stp NextBestRootPortNumber: 0
Stp TxHoldCount: 6
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command changes the MSTID assigned to one or more specific VIDs. By default, all
VIDs are allocated to CIST (MSTID = 0). This command is valid only for IVL Bridge.
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
mstp_instance
An expression using integer values in the range 14094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For example, 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and
2555 are specified.
Example
The following example shows the command to change a specific VLA identification for
a specific MSTI (12).
Cli:ADMIN > mstp msti 12 vlan 2-5&10
.. message: successful completed command !!
Cli:ADMIN >
This command retrieves the MSTID assigned to each VLA that has been created. This
command can be targeted to a specific VID.
Syntax definitions
vlan_set
For example, 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and
2555 are specified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-19
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
An expression using integer values in the range 14094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows information about MSTP MSTI for to a specific range of
VLAs.
Cli:ADMIN > mstp show msti vlan 2-5&10
vlan 2 - Assignment Mstp Number: 12
vlan 3 - Assignment Mstp Number: 12
vlan 4 - Assignment Mstp Number: 12
vlan 5 - Assignment Mstp Number: 12
vlan 10 - Assignment Mstp Number: 12
Cli:ADMIN >
This command displays the VLAs to which the created MSTIs are assigned. This
command can be targeted to a specific MSTI.
Syntax definitions
mstp_instance_set
An expression using integer values in the range 163 and specific symbols for
representing a set of MSTP instance value ranges. For example, 1-3&21 means that the
values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
Example
PRELIMINARY
The first example shows information about MSTP MSTIs configured for all VLAs.
The second example shows information for the specified MSTP MSTI range.
Cli:ADMIN > mstp show vlan
msti 0 - Vlan List: 1&6-9&11-4094
msti 10 - Vlan List:
msti 11 - Vlan List:
msti 12 - Vlan List: 2-5&10
msti 13 - Vlan List:
msti 14 - Vlan List:
msti 15 - Vlan List:
msti 17 - Vlan List:
msti 18 - Vlan List:
msti 19 - Vlan List:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-20
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-21
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The writable portion of the port identifier (the first 4 bits of 2 bytes). It is an integer
value in the range 0240, in increments of 16. The default value is 128.
port_path_cost
The port path cost value depends on the link speed of the port. port_path_cost is
an integer value in the range 1200000000. The default value is 20,000,000.
Example
The following example shows the command to change several CIST parameters for a
specific port.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CIST Port State: the current control plane state of the port. The possible values are:
disabled, learning and forwarding.
CIST Port Identifier: the unique Port Identifier consisting of Port umber and Port
Priority.
CIST Port Role
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
PRELIMINARY
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
The following is an example of a naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl7-17d0p10
Example
The following example shows information about MSTP CIST for a specific port
(interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
Cli:ADMIN > mstp cist port r1sr1sl6d1p1, r1sr1sl6d1p2 show info
Cli:ADMIN (mstp - cist - port) > show info
Show Info of Mstp 0 Port r1sr1sl6d1p1
--------------------------------------Stp Port State Force: dynamic (1)
Stp Port State: disabled (1)
Stp Port Priority: 128
Stp Port Role: disabled (5)
Stp Port PathCost: 20000
Designated Root: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
Designated Cost: 0
Designated Bridge: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
Designated Pt Number: 0
Designated Pt Prio: 0
Forward Transitions: 0
Admin Connection Type: pointtopoint (2)
Oper Connection Type: nonsignificant (3)
Bridge Hello Time: 200
PRELIMINARY
When an optional value is absent, the corresponding currently configured value is not
changed.
Full command
9-24
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This is an expression using integer values in the range 163, and specific symbols for
representing a set of MSTP ranges. For example, 1-3&21 means that the values 1, 2, 3
and 21 are specified.
PRELIMINARY
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
This is the writable portion of the port identifier (the first 4 bits of 2 bytes). It is an
integer value in the range 0240, in increments of 16. The default value is 128.
port_path_cost
The port path cost value depends on the link speed of the port. port_path_cost is
an integer value in the range 1200000000. The default value is 20,000,000.
The following example displays the command to change several MSTI parameters for a
specific port:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-25
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Example
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command retrieves the following MSTI information for MSTI, identified by
MSTID, on a port.
MSTI Port Identifier: the unique Port Identifier consisting of Port umber and Port
Priority.
MSTI Port Role
MSTI Port Path Cost
Full command
This is an expression using integer values in the range 163, and specific symbols for
representing a set of MSTP ranges. For example, 1-3&21 means that the values 1, 2, 3
and 21 are specified.
PRELIMINARY
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
9-26
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
A lagnumber_set is an expression using integer values (1-124), ampersand (&) and
hyphen (-). For example:
PRELIMINARY
lag4-7&18
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
The following is an example of a naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl7-17d0p10
Example
The following example displays information about MSTP MSTI configured on a specific
port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
Cli:ADMIN > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 r1sr1sl6d1p1 show info
Show Info of Mstp 10 Port r1sr1sl6d1p1
---------------------------------------Stp Port State Force: dynamic (1)
Stp Port State: disabled (1)
Stp Port Priority: 128
Stp Port Role: disabled (5)
Stp Port PathCost: 20000
Designated Root: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
Designated Cost: 0
Designated Bridge: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
Designated Pt Number: 0
Designated Pt Prio: 0
Forward Transitions: 0
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
9-27
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Designated Pt Number: 0
Designated Pt Prio: 0
Forward Transitions: 0
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
9-28
PRELIMINARY
10
10 aggregation
Link
management commands
Overview
Purpose
10-2
linkagg config
10-3
10-5
10-5
10-6
10-6
10-7
10-8
10-8
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
10-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
linkagg activate
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
linkagg activate
Description
A string in the format, lagN, where N is an integer value in the range 1-24.
For example: lag18
adminkey_value
PRELIMINARY
An integer value in the range 065535, indicating the priority value associated with the
E.
hash_mask_id
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
10-2
linkagg activate
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Mask2 [<MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels] + <Inner VID, outer
VID>
3 Mask3 [<MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels + <Inner VID, outer
VID>] + <IP source Address, IP Destination Address>
43 Mask4 [<MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels + <Inner VID, outer
VID>] + <IP source Address, IP Destination Address> +<Destination Port
umber, Source Port umber>
PRELIMINARY
mtu_value
An integer value, indicating the MTU/MRU in byte. MTU/MRU allowed and default
values are listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and
TSS-160), Release 3.1 TL1 User Provisioning Guide.
Example
To be supplied.
linkagg config
Description
This command enables or disables LACP for a Link Aggregation Group, or changes all
parameters of an active Link Aggregation Group.
Full command
lagnumber
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
10-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
linkagg config
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A string in the format, lagN, where N is an integer value in the range 1-24.
For example: lag18
lagsize_value
The ingress port admitted flooding rate expressed in kbit/s. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent
1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160), Release 3.1 User Provisioning
Guide.
asap_userlabel
2 Mask2 [<MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels] + <Inner VID, outer
VID>
3 Mask3 [<MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels + <Inner VID, outer
VID>] + <IP source Address, IP Destination Address>
43 Mask4 [<MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels + <Inner VID, outer
VID>] + <IP source Address, IP Destination Address> +<Destination Port
umber, Source Port umber>
mtu_value
PRELIMINARY
An integer value, indicating the MTU/MRU in byte. MTU/MRU allowed and default
values are listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and
TSS-160), Release 3.1 TL1 User Provisioning Guide.
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
10-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command changes the E priority for all Link aggregation Groups defined on the
E.
The CLI code selects one of the configured LAGs and sets the E priority attribute for
this LAG. The E is responsible for propagating this information on all LAGs configured
on the E.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
ne_pri
An integer value in the range 065535, indicating the priority value associated with the
E.
Example
To be supplied.
An expression, lagN, where N can be integer values in the range 1-124, with optional
ampersand (&) and dash (-) symbols for representing a set of LAG instance value
ranges.
For example, lag4-7&18 means that the values 4, 5, 6, 7 and 18 are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
10-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command retrieves a list of all the configured link aggregation groups with user label
and administrative key information. It also shows the component LAG ports.
This command also retrieves detailed information about a specific Link Aggregation
Group, including a list of its component ports, by specifying the corresponding LAG
number.
Syntax definitions
lagnumber_set
An expression, lagN, where N can be integer values in the range 1-124, with optional
ampersand (&) and dash (-) symbols for representing a set of LAG instance value
ranges.
For example, lag4-7&18 means that the values 4, 5, 6, 7 and 18 are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
This command binds local Ethernet ports to a LAG. If port priority is not specified, it is
set to the default value (0x80).
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18 are
specified
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
10-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lagnumber
An expression, lagN, where N is an integer value in the range 1124, indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
port_lnkaggpri
PRELIMINARY
Link Aggregation port priority (2 bytes). An integer value in the range 0255, with
default a value of 128.
Example
To be supplied.
Link Aggregation port priority (2 bytes). An integer value in the range 0255, with
default a value of 128.
Example
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
10-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To be supplied.
This command retrieves information about the aggregation ports in a LAG including
information about the LAG to which the port belongs.
If any port provided in the command is not a LAG component port, the CLI displays its
port index with the indication that it does not belong to a LAG.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
10-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
10-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
11
11 segregation
Port
management commands
Overview
Purpose
11-1
11-2
11-3
11-4
11-5
This command creates and activates the Port Segregation set by configuring the member
ports.
Syntax definitions
An integer value indicating Port Segregation identifier in the range of 115. The
default value is 1.
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
11-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
portseg_id
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
An integer value indicating Port Segregation identifier in the range of 115. The
default value is 1.
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
11-2
gnumber_set
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
A lagnumber_set is an expression using integer values (1-124), ampersand (&) and
hyphen (-). For example:
lag4-7&18
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
The following is an example of a naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl7-17d0p10
Example
To be supplied.
An integer value indicating Port Segregation identifier in the range of 115. The
default value is 1.
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
_set_list_lagnumber_set
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
A lagnumber_set is an expression using integer values (1-124), ampersand (&) and
hyphen (-). For example:
lag4-7&18
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
The following is an example of a naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl7-17d0p10
Example
To be supplied.
An integer expression using values in the range 1-15, and specific symbols
for representing a Port Segregation set . For example, 1-2&12 means that the
Port Segregation values 1, 2, and 12 are specified. The default value is 1.
Example
PRELIMINARY
11-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This command displays the port list of the Port Segregation set.
Syntax definitions
portseg_set
An integer expression using values in the range 1-15, and specific symbols
for representing a Port Segregation set . For example, 1-2&12 means that the
Port Segregation values 1, 2, and 12 are specified. The default value is 1.
Example
The following example displays the information for the Port Segregation set.
Cli:ADMIN > portseg show info
Show Segregation Set Ports
----------------------------segregatedPortSetPorts:
Status: active (1)
Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
11-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
12
Overview
Purpose
12-2
12-2
12-3
12-4
12-4
12-5
12-5
12-6
12-7
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
12-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To be supplied.
This command configures Ethernet Link OAM parameters on a per interface basis.
Full command
PRELIMINARY
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
12-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
linkoam_tx_interval
PRELIMINARY
An integer value indicating the threshold for the number of Symbol Errors in one
second that trigger a Link Fail flag in OAMPDUs.
Example
To be supplied.
This command displays Ethernet Link OAM parameters on the local Ethernet interface.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
12-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command displays Ethernet Link OAM parameters for the local Ethernet interface of
peer Ethernet.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
To be supplied.
This command displays Ethernet Link OAM statistics on the local Ethernet interface.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
12-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
Description
This command enables or disables a remote loopback on the local Ethernet interface.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
To be supplied.
This command configures the following for an Errored Symbol Period Event, Errored
Frame Event, Errored Frame Period Event, and Errored Frame seconds Summary Event.
Enable or disable Event otification
Full command
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An integer value with the number of frame errors that must occur for this event to be
triggered
Example
To be supplied.
This command retrieves the following information for an Errored Symbol Period Event,
Errored Frame Event, Errored Frame Period Event, and Errored Frame seconds Summary
Event.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
12-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
This command displays the log of events related to Errored Symbol Period Event, Errored
Frame Event, Errored Frame Period Event, and Errored Frame seconds Summary Event.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
12-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
13
Ethernet OAM
13
Overview
Purpose
13-2
13-2
13-3
13-3
13-4
13-5
13-5
13-6
13-6
13-7
mep_set
13-8
13-9
13-10
13-11
13-12
13-13
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
13-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Overview
Ethernet OAM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-13
13-14
13-15
13-15
This command creates a Maintenance Domain (MD) inside Ethernet OAM by setting the
MD name, MD level, and MIP Creation status (enabled or disabled). The default MD
level is 4.
Syntax definitions
md_userlabel
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
This command changes the Maintenance Domain (MD) parameters (the MD level and
MIP Creation status).
Syntax definitions
md_userlabel
13-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
md_level
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
13-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An integer value in the range 1 to 4094 indicating the VID, or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range.
Example
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
13-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
An integer value in the range 1 to 4094 indicating the VID, or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range.
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
13-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
md_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To be supplied.
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
md_userlabel
13-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mep_set
An integer expression in the range 18191, and specific symbols for representing a set
of MEPID ranges. For instance 1-3&21 means that the values 1,2,3,21 are specified
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
This command deletes a MEP, or a list of MEPs, from MEP list entry.
Syntax definitions
md_userlabel
An integer expression in the range 18191, and specific symbols for representing a set
of MEPID ranges. For instance 1-3&21 means that the values 1,2,3,21 are specified
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
13-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command creates a MEP inside a Maintenance Association and sets the MEP
parameters.
The successful completion of this command also updates the MEP List Table by adding
the newly provisioned MEP.
Full command
An Integer in the range 18191, identifying a Maintenance association End Point Identifier
(MEPID). It is unique for a given Maintenance Association.
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
13-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
pri
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority, or the lower boundary of a PRI
range.
Example
To be supplied.
An Integer in the range 18191, identifying a Maintenance association End Point Identifier
(MEPID). It is unique for a given Maintenance Association.
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
13-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
naming
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
pri
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority, or the lower boundary of a PRI
range.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
md_userlabel
13-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mep_id
An Integer in the range 18191, identifying a Maintenance association End Point Identifier
(MEPID). It is unique for a given Maintenance Association.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
An Integer in the range 18191, identifying a Maintenance association End Point Identifier
(MEPID). It is unique for a given Maintenance Association.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
13-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command performs a Loopback operation with a remote MAC destination address or
MEP ID by configuring the optional priority value.
Syntax definitions
md_userlabel
An Integer in the range 18191, identifying a Maintenance association End Point Identifier
(MEPID). It is unique for a given Maintenance Association.
macAddr
An integer value in the range 07, indicating the Priority, or the lower boundary of a PRI
range.
Example
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
13-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
Syntax definitions
md_userlabel
An Integer in the range 18191, identifying a Maintenance association End Point Identifier
(MEPID). It is unique for a given Maintenance Association.
Example
To be supplied.
This command performs a LinkTrace operation with a remote MAC destination address
or MEP ID and sets the optional TTL value.
Syntax definitions
md_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
13-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
ma_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An Integer in the range 18191, identifying a Maintenance association End Point Identifier
(MEPID). It is unique for a given Maintenance Association.
ttl_value
An integer value in the range 0-255, indicating the LTM TTL field for Link Trace
Manager. The default value is 64.
Example
To be supplied.
This command displays a LinkTrace operation. Results are returned as a list of entries.
Each entry displays the following information about received LTR:
terminalMEP : bool
lastEgressIdentifier : MACaddress
nextEgressIdentifier : MACaddress
relayAction : {Hit | Fdb | Mpdb}
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
md_userlabel
13-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An Integer in the range 18191, identifying a Maintenance association End Point Identifier
(MEPID). It is unique for a given Maintenance Association.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
Ethernet OAM
/A
Example
To be supplied.
/A
Example
Cli:ADMIN > ethoam etype show
Eth OAM Ether Type: 0x8902
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
13-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
14
VPLS management
14
Overview
Purpose
14-2
14-3
14-3
14-4
14-4
14-5
14-6
14-7
14-8
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
14-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
VPLS management
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command creates a VPLS Instance. It specifies the VP ID, and VPLS Egress Ports
(Individual, Aggregated, or PW). When the portset optional parameter is absent, the
VPLS Egress Port result is empty.
Syntax definitions
vpls_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
pwr1sr1sl3-6&18p1-3.
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
14-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
VPLS management
vpls_userlabel
To be supplied.
This command either enables or disables MAC learning, and configurse the behavior for
discarding unknown frames for a VPLS Instance.
Syntax definitions
vpls_userlabel
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
14-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
VPLS management
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command displays information for a VPLS Instance, including the port role for each
port in the VPLS.
Syntax definitions
vpls_userlabel
To be supplied.
This command adds UI and/or MPLS pseudowires to an existing VPLS Instance.
Syntax definitions
vpls_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl3d0p1,r1sr1sl5d0p2
means that the port 1 of the board in slot 3 and the port 2 of the board in slot
5 are specified.
pw_set
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
14-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
VPLS management
This command removes a UI and/or MPLS pseudowire from an existing VPLS
Instance.
Syntax definitions
vpls_userlabel
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
14-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Example
PRELIMINARY
VPLS management
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command adds a static unicast/multicast entry for a VPLS Instance with the
indication of an output port.
Syntax definitions
vpls_userlabel
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
PRELIMINARY
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
14-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
VPLS management
Syntax definitions
vpls_userlabel
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
14-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
VPLS management
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
Example
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
14-8
PRELIMINARY
15
15
Virtual
output port
management
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to virtual output port management.
Contents
Interface management
15-3
15-3
15-4
15-5
15-5
15-6
15-7
15-9
15-10
15-11
15-13
15-15
15-15
15-17
15-18
15-18
15-19
15-21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
15-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Interface management
Overview
Purpose
PRELIMINARY
Interface management
Overview
15-3
15-4
An integer value, in Kbps, indicating the shaping rate for an egress port.
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
offset_size
PRELIMINARY
Interface management
qos position naming_set_list show shaping
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An integer value, in Kbps, indicating the shaping rate for an egress port.
Example
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
15-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
15-5
15-6
15-7
15-9
15-10
15-11
15-13
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drawer
Port
0 or 17
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vt_set
An expression using integer values, in the range 1-40956, and specific symbols for
representing a set of Service-aware VT identifier value ranges. For instance, 1-3&21
means that the values 1,2,3,21 are specified.
new_vt_userlabel
An integer value that indicates the shaping rate for a Virtual Transport in Kbps.
vt_cir_rate
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
Subrack
17
0 or 17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
15-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
PRELIMINARY
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vt_set
An expression using integer values, in the range 1-40956, and specific symbols for
representing a set of Service-aware VT identifier value ranges. For instance, 1-3&21
means that the values 1,2,3,21 are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
A Default VT setting the User Label, Shaping (Enable/Disable), and Shaping Rate
A set of Service-aware VTs setting the Shaping Rate, Committed Rate, and User
Label.
Full command
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
naming
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vt_set
An expression using integer values, in the range 1-40956, and specific symbols for
representing a set of Service-aware VT identifier value ranges. For instance, 1-3&21
means that the values 1,2,3,21 are specified.
new_vt_userlabel
An integer value that indicates the shaping rate for a Virtual Transport in Kbps.
vt_cir_rate
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
15-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vt_set
An expression using integer values, in the range 1-40956, and specific symbols for
representing a set of Service-aware VT identifier value ranges. For instance, 1-3&21
means that the values 1,2,3,21 are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command binds an egress port (Service-aware VT) with either a Service
(S-VLA, MPLS Tunnel, PW, or VPLS Instance), or a range of Services (S-VLAs,
PWs, VPLS Instance identifiers, or ETS Flows).
Full command
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
15-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An expression using integer values in the range 1 - 4094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555 are
specified.
tunnel_id
PRELIMINARY
tunnel_instance
An integer value identifying a particular instance of a tunnel between a pair of ingress and
egress LSRs.
tunnel_ingress_ler
An IP Address for the ingress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
tunnel_egress_ler
An IP Address for the egress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
pw_set
To be supplied.
Full command
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
qos port {naming | lagnumber} vt vtid unbind service {svlan {all | vlan_set} |
mpls tunnel_id instance tunnel_instance ingress tunnel_ingress_ler egress
tunnel_egress_ler | pw {all | pw_set} | vpls {all | vpls_userlabel1[,
vpls_userlabel2,vpls_userlabelN]} | flow flow_userlabel1[,
flow_userlabel2,flow_userlabelN]}
Syntax definitions
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vtid
An expression using integer values in the range 1 - 4094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLA value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLA values 100, 101, 102, 103 and 2555 are
specified.
tunnel_id
PRELIMINARY
An integer value identifying a particular instance of a tunnel between a pair of ingress and
egress LSRs.
tunnel_ingress_ler
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
15-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An IP Address for the ingress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
tunnel_egress_ler
An IP Address for the egress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
pw_set
PRELIMINARY
pwr1sr1sl3-6&18p1-3.
vpls_userlabel
To be supplied.
This command retrieves information for a Service-aware VT associated with a Port and
Service (S-VLA, MPLS Tunnel, PW, VPLS Instance, or ETS Service)..
Syntax definitions
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vtid
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
15-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This section contains various commands related to virtual transport queue management.
Contents
qos port vt config queue
15-15
15-17
This command configures a VT queue and sets the Shaping Rate and Committed Rate.
Full command
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drawer
Port
0 or 17
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vtid
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
15-16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
queuenumber
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0, and
drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vtid
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-17
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-18
15-19
15-21
15-21
This command creates and activates a WRED profile, and configures the WRED
parameters.
Full command
PRELIMINARY
[YellowMaxProb yellow_max_prob_value]
Syntax definitions
wred_userlabel
15-18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The percentage of the buffer utilized (0-100), after which the drop probability of Green
packets is 100 percent. This means that all Green packets beyond this point will be
dropped. The default value is 90.
green_lower_thr_value
The percentage of the buffer utilized (0-100), after which the drop probability of Green
packets rises above 0. The default value is 70.
PRELIMINARY
green_max_prob_value
The percentage of the buffer utilized (0-100), after which the drop probability of Green
packets is 100 percent. This means that all Yellow packets beyond this point will be
dropped. The default value is 60.
yellow_lower_thr_value
The percentage of the buffer utilized (0-100), after which the drop probability of Yellow
packets rises above 0. The default value is 50.
yellow_max_prob_value
The drop probability (0-100) of Yellow packets . The default value is 80.
Example
To be supplied.
[YellowUpperThr yellow_upper_thr_value]
[YellowLowerThr yellow_lower_thr_value]
[YellowMaxProb yellow_max_prob_value]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-19
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
[GreenMaxProb green_max_prob_value]
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax definitions
wred_userlabel
The percentage of the buffer utilized (0-100), after which the drop probability of Green
packets is 100 percent. This means that all Green packets beyond this point will be
dropped. The default value is 90.
green_lower_thr_value
The percentage of the buffer utilized (0-100), after which the drop probability of Green
packets rises above 0. The default value is 70.
green_max_prob_value
The percentage of the buffer utilized (0-100), after which the drop probability of Green
packets is 100 percent. This means that all Yellow packets beyond this point will be
dropped. The default value is 60.
yellow_lower_thr_value
The percentage of the buffer utilized (0-100), after which the drop probability of Yellow
packets rises above 0. The default value is 50.
yellow_max_prob_value
The drop probability (0-100) of Yellow packets . The default value is 80.
Example
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
15-20
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
wred_userlabel
To be supplied.
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
15-21
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
16
16
Performance
monitoring
management commands
Overview
Purpose
16-2
16-2
16-3
16-4
16-5
16-5
16-6
16-7
16-8
16-9
16-10
16-10
16-11
16-11
16-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
16-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16-2
16-3
16-4
This command requesst the incoming and outgoing aggregate maintenance counters
(type1) including the retrieving time.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
Example
The following example shows information about the incoming and outgoing counters for
the specified port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6):
Cli:ADMIN > pmmaint
Cli:ADMIN (pmaint) > show port r1sr1sl6d1p1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
16-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160),
Release 3.1 User Provisioning Guide for details about flows.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
16-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Example
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SymbolError
MediaAvailableExits
JabberState
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The following example displays information about all PM counters for a specific Ethernet
port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
Cli:ADMIN > pmmaint show ethphy r1sr1sl6d1p1
Show Ethernet physical interface counters r1sr1sl6d1p1
-------------------------------------------------------IfMau HC False Carries:
IfMau HC Jabbering State Enters:
IfMau HC Media Available State Exits:
Retrieving Time:
PRELIMINARY
Cli:ADMIN >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
16-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
16-5
16-6
16-7
16-8
16-9
16-10
16-10
16-11
16-11
16-12
This command allocates Aggregate Current Data (CD) counters (for both the incoming
and outgoing direction) on a local Ethernet port.
Syntax definitions
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
16-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
Example
To be supplied.
This command deletes the Aggregate CD counters with a provisioned granularity period
(in both the incoming and outgoing direction) on a local Ethernet port.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
16-6
This command displays the Incoming and Outgoing Aggregate CD counters on a local
Ethernet port.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The following example displays information about all Current Data counters for a specific
port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
Cli:ADMIN > pmqos show port r1sr1sl6d1p1 currentdata
Show Aggregate Current Data counters r1sr1sl6d1p1
--------------------------------------------------Aggr CD Rx TRCF: -----Aggr CD Rx TRCFUnicast: -----Aggr CD Rx TRCFMulticast: -----Aggr CD Rx TRCFBroadcast: -----Aggr CD Rx TRCO: -----Aggr CD Rx Start Time: -----Aggr CD Rx Last Disc. Time: -----Aggr CD Rx Start by: ------
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
16-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
This command configures a reset operation over Aggregate CD counters (in both
incoming and outgoing direction) on a local Ethernet port.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
The following example displays information about all Current Data counters for a specific
port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
PRELIMINARY
16-8
Aggr CD Tx TTF: -----Aggr CD Tx TTFUnicast: -----Aggr CD Tx TTFMulticast: -----Aggr CD Tx TTFBroadcast: -----Aggr CD Tx TTO: -----Aggr CD Tx Start Time: -----Aggr CD Tx Last Disc. Time: -----Aggr CD Tx Start by: -----Cli:ADMIN >
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves both incoming and outgoing aggregate history data counters with
a configured granularity period on a local Ethernet port.
Syntax definitions
naming_set_list
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
16-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
This command allocates CD counters for a granularity period on an ETS flow basis, and
to enable or disabled reset operation for the PM Counter.
This command activates:
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320 and TSS-160),
Release 3.1 User Provisioning Guide for details about flows.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
16-10
Example
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
Description
This command deletes CD counters (for a specified granularity period) on an ETS flow
basis. See the pmqos service flow_userlabel activate period {15min | 1h | 24h}
(p. 16-10) command for a description of each service type.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
To be supplied.
This command retrieves the Incoming and current Outgoing Flow information for a
service over the specified period. See the pmqos service flow_userlabel activate
period {15min | 1h | 24h} (p. 16-10) command for a description of each service type.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
16-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
This command retrieves the Incoming and Outgoing Flow history over the specified
period for a service. See the pmqos service flow_userlabel activate period {15min |
1h | 24h} (p. 16-10) command for a description of each service type.
Syntax definitions
flow_userlabel
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
16-12
PRELIMINARY
17
17
Support
management
commands
Overview
Purpose
17-3
alarmlist
17-3
17-5
log info
17-6
log alarm
17-6
log event
17-8
17-11
17-11
severitydef show
17-12
17-12
17-13
17-14
17-14
userlabel
17-15
Agent management
17-16
ne location nelocation
17-16
ne label ne_userlabel
17-17
17-17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ne show info
17-18
17-19
Auto provisioning
17-20
17-20
plugandplay show
17-21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
17-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
This section contains various commands related to alarm list and log management.
Contents
alarmlist
17-3
17-5
log info
17-6
log alarm
17-6
log event
17-8
alarmlist
Description
A specific domain
A specific severity value
A specific instant or within a specific time interval
A specific resource
Full command
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax definitions
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer0, and drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must
have rack, subrack, board, and port0.
domain_name
The associated severity in the set {critical | major | minor | warning | indeterminate}.
yy:mm:dd
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
Example
The following example shows the information about the active Alarm List:
PRELIMINARY
17-4
This command retrieves a synthesis of the currently active alarms (for example, the
number of alarms grouped for different severity or different relevant domain, according to
the entered optional parameters).
PRELIMINARY
The associated severity in the set {critical | major | minor | warning | indeterminate}.
Example
The following example shows the information about the synthesis of the currently active
alarms:
Cli:ADMIN > alarmsynth
EQUIPMENT
TRANSMISSION
PERF. MONIT.
=========================================================
critical
major
3
minor
warning
indeterminate
cleared
62 - message: successful completed command !!
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
log info
Description
/A
Example
log alarm
Description
PRELIMINARY
You can target the output by means of one or more combined optional parameters, which
allow selection of all alarm log records for:
A specific domain
A specific severity value
A specific instant or within a specific time interval
A specific resource
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
17-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Full command
PRELIMINARY
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer0, and drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must
have rack, subrack, board, and port0.
domain_name
The associated severity in the set {critical | major | minor | warning | indeterminate}.
yy:mm:dd
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows the information about the alarm log records:
Cli:ADMIN > log alarm
Time
Resource
Alarm
Status
Severity
==========================================================
1970-01-01 14:02:
1970-01-01 14:05:
1970-01-01 14:06:
1970-01-01 14:31:
1970-01-03 11:39:
06-07-12 11:31:31
06-07-12 11:31:31
06-07-12 11:31:31
06-07-12 12:55:03
06-07-12 12:55:32
06-07-12 12:55:56
06-07-12 12:57:33
06-07-12 17:28:42
r1sr1sl2d1p1
r1sr1sl2d1p2
r1sr1sl2d1p6
r1sr1sl2d1p6
r1sr1sl2d1p6
r1sr1sl2d1p1
r1sr1sl2d1p2
r1sr1sl2d1p6
r1sr1sl2d1p1
r1sr1sl2d1p2
r1sr1sl2d1p6
r1sr1sl2d1p6
r1sr1sl2d1p6
URU
URU
URU
URU
URU
URU
URU
URU
URU
URU
URU
URU
URU
off
off
off
off
off
on
on
on
on
on
on
on
on
cleared
cleared
cleared
cleared
cleared
major
major
major
major
major
major
major
major
log event
Description
Full command
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer0, and drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must
have rack, subrack, board, and port0.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
17-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
yy:mm:dd
PRELIMINARY
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
Example
The following example shows the information about the log events:
Cli:opticsIMCtUsrId > log event
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Time
EventType
Resource
===========================================================
1970-01-03 02:51: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:52: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:52: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:53: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:54: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:55: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:55: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:56: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:56: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:57: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:57: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:58: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:58: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:59: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 02:59: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
1970-01-03 03:00: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
1970-01-03
03:01:
03:02:
03:02:
03:03:
03:03:
03:04:
03:04:
03:05:
03:05:
03:06:
03:06:
03:07:
03:08:
03:09:
03:09:
03:10:
03:10:
03:11:
03:11:
03:12:
03:12:
03:13:
03:13:
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
attributeValueChange
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
r1sr1sl2d1
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
17-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
17-11
severitydef show
17-12
17-12
17-13
17-14
17-14
userlabel
17-15
The associated severity in the set {critical | major | minor | warning | indeterminate}.
Example
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
severitydef show
Description
/A
Example
This command creates a new alarm profile. It is possible to create a clone of an existing
alarm profile by specifying its user label.
If a clone is not provided, an alarm profile is created in which the default severity is
assigned to all probable causes. It is also possible to modify the severity, and the severity
non-traffic-affecting causes when the profile is created.
Full command
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
alarmprofile_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
17-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The configured severity or severity non-service affecting causes in the set {critical |
major | minor | warning | indeterminate | cleared}.
PRELIMINARY
Example
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
In the following example is shown the deletion of a specific Alarm Severity Profile:
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This command modifies the severity and the severity of non-service affecting causes
associated with an Alarm Profile.
Full command
The configured severity or severity non-service affecting causes in the set {critical |
major | minor | warning | indeterminate | cleared}.
Example
To be supplied.
This command changes the label of an alarm profile that was created by a user.
PRELIMINARY
Syntax definitions
alarmprofile_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
17-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
alarmprofile_userlabel
Example
The second command displays the updated Alarm Severity Profile information
Cli:ADMIN > alarmprofile rename alprof1 into alarprofile1
Cli:ADMIN > alarmprofile show
Index Alarm Severity Profile User Label
Status
------ -------------------------------------------------- --------1
no alarm
active (1)
2
primary alarms
active (1)
3
path alarms
active (1)
4
all alarms
active (1)
20001 alarprofile1
active (1)
PRELIMINARY
If no alarm profile user label is specified, this command retrieves a list of the user labels
for all alarm profiles.
If an user label is specified, this command retrieves the details of that alarm profile.
Syntax definitions
alarmprofile_userlabel
The following example shows all the relevant Alarm Severity Profile information:
Cli:ADMIN > alarmprofile show
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Agent management
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Agent management
Overview
Purpose
17-16
ne label ne_userlabel
17-17
17-17
ne show info
17-18
17-19
ne location nelocation
Description
This command configures information to identify the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and
TSS-160 location.
Syntax definitions
nelocation
The following example shows the command to set the etwork Element location:
Cli:ADMIN (ne) > location pluto
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
17-16
Agent management
ne label ne_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ne label ne_userlabel
Description
This command configures the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160 label.
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
ne_userlabel
The following example shows the command to set a etwork Element label:
Cli:ADMIN (ne) > label pippero
>> message: successful completed command !!
This command uses the B$ flag to select the Bandwidth Manager or the E$ flag to select
the Element Manager to manage Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-17
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Agent management
ne show info
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ne show info
Description
This command retrieves the following Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160
information:
E installation type
IM version
E location
E label
Label of the OS managing the E
E SW release
Configuration of management interface.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
Show Ne Info
--------------Ne Installation Type: ne1850tss-320
Info Model Version Major: 3
Info Model Version Minor: 0
Info Model Version Maintenance:
sys Location: c4
Sdh Ne Label: 1850TSS320 Documentazione
Ne Owns By Mgr: $
sysDescr: V010400
Mng Interface Type: snmp (1)
Mng Interface Characterization: secondary (1)
Mng Interface Address Type: ipAddress (0)
Mng Interface Address: 10.10.10.10:161
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
17-18
Agent management
accessctrl show info
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
/A
Example
The following example shows the information about Local Access Control (LAC).
Cli:ADMIN (accessctrl) > show info
Show Access Ctrl Info .1
-------------------------Lac State: accessGranted (2)
Lac NoResponse TimeOutPeriod: 60
database Modify: 0
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-19
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Auto provisioning
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Auto provisioning
Overview
Purpose
17-20
plugandplay show
17-21
This command allows you to set the auto-provisioning mode on Alcatel-Lucent 1850
TSS-320 and TSS-160.
ote: The CLI can perform only full and no auto-provisioning behavior. When
confirmed option is configured, the CLI behaves as in case of no auto-provisioning.
This means that no confirmation is provided about new plugged item. As result, no
automatic configuration is performed.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
17-20
Auto provisioning
plugandplay show
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
plugandplay show
Description
PRELIMINARY
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
17-21
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
18
18
Communication
and
routing management
commands
Overview
Purpose
18-2
ne show addr
18-2
18-3
18-3
18-4
18-5
18-6
18-6
18-7
18-8
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
18-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18-2
ne show addr
Description
This command displays the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160 etwork Element
agent IP address, netmask, and UDP port.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
18-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Contents
infiberinband activate port
18-3
18-4
18-5
This command creates and activates an In-Fiber In-Band management interface and
specifies an optional rate for data management traffic.
Full command
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
18-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer0, and drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must
have rack, subrack, board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 14094, indicating the VID or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range.
mgmt_label
A value in the range 0-4294967295, identifying an MPLS Label for the Management
Plane.
dcn_ratelimited_value
The maximum allowed rate, measured in Kbps, for management traffic over an interface.
The default Value is IfSpeed no rate limited traffic on this interface.
Example
To be supplied.
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
18-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer0, and drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must
have rack, subrack, board, and port0.
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
This command retrieves detailed information about all configured DC management
interfaces. With the optional parameter, the user can retrieve detailed information of a
specific DC management interface by providing its naming specification.
Syntax definitions
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
18-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer0, and drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must
have rack, subrack, board, and port0.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This section contains various commands related to the IP management plane and IP
routing management.
Contents
routingstatic activate ip ipAddr [ipmask ipAddrBitMask] port {naming |
lagnumber}
18-6
18-7
18-8
This command creates and activates a static IP routing path by providing the destination
IP address, netmask, and the outgoing E interface.
Syntax definitions
ipAddr
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
PRELIMINARY
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R
Rack
17
Subrack
0 or 17
Board
0 or 143
Drawer
0 or 17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
18-6
Port
0 or 11023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and
drawer0, and drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must
have rack, subrack, board, and port0.
lagnumber
PRELIMINARY
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
Example
To be supplied.
To be supplied.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
18-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
18-8
PRELIMINARY
19
Utility commands
19
Overview
Purpose
19-1
administrator show
19-2
19-3
view
19-3
administrator backup
19-5
19-5
administrator config
Description
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
19-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
traceused to enable or disable additional details in the error trace. The default value
is, disable.
confirmused to enable or disable output paging. The message, press any key to
continue (Q to quit) will be presented when this is enabled. The default value is,
enable.
checkuserlabelused to enable or disable the univocity check of the userlabel in
create commands. If it is enabled, and the userlabel already exists, a confirmation
message, Press Y key to confirm command will be presented. Default value is
enable.
PRELIMINARY
administrator config
Utility commands
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Full command
/A
Example
To be supplied.
administrator show
Description
This is a global command. It can be executed in any domain. This command retrieves the
current configuration of the features set with administrator config (p. 19-1).
Syntax definitions
/A
PRELIMINARY
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
19-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This is a global command. It can be executed in any domain. At run time, this command
allows you to read the CliMibValuesMapping.cfg configuration file.
Syntax definitions
PRELIMINARY
Utility commands
/A
Example
To be supplied.
view
Description
view asapto get a list of user labels for all alarm profiles (see, alarmprofile show
[alarmprofile_userlabel] (p. 17-15))
view interfaceto get a list of all configured interfaces with their interface type,
Ethernet port client layer, administrative status, and traffic port enabling status (see,
interface show [naming_set_list] (p. 3-3))
view trafficto get a list of all of all configured interfaces with related their
administrative status, traffic port enabling, operation status, speed, limited speed, and
floodingRate (see, interface trafficshow [naming_set_list] (p. 3-4))
view colorprofileto get a list of all color profiles with their related information (see,
colorprofile show [colorprof_userlabel] (p. 5-8))
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
19-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
view trafficdescriptorto get a list of all ETS traffic descriptors with their related
traffic type, traffic parameters, and status (see, trafficdescriptor show
[trafficdescriptor_userlabel] (p. 5-12))
view inflowto get a list of all configured inflows
view outflowto get a list of all configured outflows
PRELIMINARY
view
Utility commands
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
view vlanprotprofileto get a list of all defined VLA protocol profiles in the E
(see, bridge vlanprotprofile show [vlanprotprof_userlabel] (p. 7-17))
view lagto get a list of all configured link aggregation groups with their related
information; lag number, user label, administrative key, and size (see, linkagg show
[lagnumber_set] (p. 10-6))
Full command
An integer value in the range 1-4094, indicating the VID or the lower boundary of a
VLA ID range.
naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP, where:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0, 1-7
Board
0, 1-43
Drawer
0, 1-7
Port
0, 1-1023
lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating the
number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
PRELIMINARY
Example
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
19-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
administrator backup
Description
This command creates a file (filename) containing CLI commands to duplicate selected
domains. The all parameter indicates all domains. The target parameters specify the E
version for migration and have a default value of v1.
PRELIMINARY
administrator backup
Utility commands
Full command
To be supplied.
This command executes CLI commands inside a file designated by the filename
parameter.
There are two options:
-noechowhen specified, does not display CLI commands as they are executed. The
default value is -echo.
Syntax definitions
filename
To be supplied.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
19-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Example
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
20
Debug commands
20
Overview
Purpose
Contents
debug ne show info
20-1
20-2
20-2
This command retrieves the following network element information for the
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320 and TSS-160:
System name: indicates that the E software release is not backward compatible.
aming mask rule: the number of bits that are used for each field.
Syntax definitions
/A
Example
Show NE info
-----------------------------------------------sys Name: sysadmin
MibConfigurationMode: online (1)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
20-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Debug commands
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MaskNamingRule: 4X3r3s6b3d0p3c
/A
Example
/A
Example
PRELIMINARY
20-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Symbols
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
Micrometer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Numerics
1:1
n main and one standby (or protection). The main channels provide service: If a main channel
fails, the standby channel switches to provide service in place of failed channel. Switching is
revertive, which permits extra traffic to be carried on the standby channel. (For example, when the
main channel is repaired, service will be switched back to it, thus making the standby channel
available to protect a subsequent failure.)
1+1, 1p1
on-expandable protection scheme. Two full-duplex channels: one active, one standby; either can
provide service. Protection switching behavior may be revertive or nonrevertive (normal case).
When active channel fails, traffic is switched to standby channel. In revertive, one channel is the
preferred active; when preferred channel is repaired, traffic switches back to it. In nonrevertive
neither channel is preferred, and switch-back does not occur.
2fblsr
An IEEE protocol that allows the loading of a file on an E on a multicast or point-to-point basis.
ABN
Abnormal alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
abn confg
Abnormal Configuration
abt
Specifies the object entity (port or equipment) specified in a TL1 command; used to specify
"object entities" within an E to which user commands are to be applied. Facilities and signals
are examples of object entities. The term "object entity" is used by Telcordia; it does not mean the
E is implemented in an object-oriented manner.
ACD
1. Active redundant.
2. Active unit.
3. Active secondary service state; indicates that the entity is capable of being protected and is
currently the active entity.
ACU
PRELIMINARY
etwork elements that provide access to all , or some subset M of Synchronous Transport
Signal (STS) line signals contained within an OC- optical channel. (M is a standard hierarchical
level v.) STSs are added to (inserted) and/or dropped from (extracted) the OC- signal as it
passes through the ADM. ADMs include linear applications between terminals (referred to as a
Linear ADM or LADM) and ring network applications (referred to as unidirectional ring
[uni-ring] and bidirectional ring [bi-ring] ADMs). See also Linear Add-Drop Multiplexer
(LADM).
addr
Address.
adm
GL-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
admin
A user who has access to all security, system, and database maintenance functions in addition to
standard user capabilities.
ADR
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
Add-Drop Ring.
AGC
Automatic In-Service.
AINSTH
AIS Second.
Alarm (ALM)
PRELIMINARY
Alarm Indication
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A unique line signal sent downstream in a digital network to indicate that an upstream failure is
detected and alarmed. Signal replaces normal traffic when a maintenance alarm is activated. There
are two types: American (framed; alternating 1s and 0s) and nonstandard (unframed; all 1s).
Alarm Log
Record of recent alarm events logged for a particular etwork Element (E).
Alarm/Condition Codes*
1. Line coding format in T-1 transmission systems, whereby successive ones (marks) are
alternately inverted (sent with polarity opposite that of the preceding mark).
2. A line code that uses a ternary signal to convey binary digits; successive binary ones are
represented by signal elements normally of alternating, positive/negative polarity but equal in
amplitude, and in which binary zeros are represented by signal elements with zero amplitude
(an AT&T definition).
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
APC
A chip built for a specific application and used by manufacturers to consolidate many chips into a
single package, reducing system board size and power consumption. Many video boards and
modems use ASICs. ASICs span Programmable Array Logic (PAL) devices, Electrically
Programmable Logic Devices (ELPDs), Field-Programmable Gate Arrays (PPGAs), standard
cell-based devices, and full custom-designed Integrated Circuits (ICs).
APS
Bytes are sent without clocking information. Each byte is identified by a start bit and terminated
by one or more stop bits.
A digital signal in which there is no common clock. Timing must be recovered from information
sent within signal.
ATAG
PRELIMINARY
Asynchronous signal
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attribute(s)
b/s
1. Bipolar with 3 Zero Substitution. The line code used in DS3 transmission systems. This code
follows the bipolar rule; however, when three consecutive zeroes occur, the three zeroes are
replaced with a unique code that contains bipolar violations in a defined manner.
2. Bipolar 3-Zero Substitution (DS3/STS1). See also Bipolar Signal.
B8ZS
Bit Error Ratio, Path. See Bit Error Rate (or Ratio) (BER).
Bidirectional Coupler (optical)
A device that combines transmit and receive optical signals within a single fiber.
Bidirectional Ring (Bi-Ring)
A Synchronous Optical etwork (SOET) ring network configuration in which traffic between
any two nodes flows in a single path between the two nodes. The other path around the ring is
used for protection purposes, providing high reliability. Bi-rings allow reuse of bandwidth around
the ring (unlike a unidirectional ring) but are technically much more complicated to protect.
Bidirectional Switching
PRELIMINARY
The protection switching scheme in which both paths of the duplex channel are switched to the
protection path when either fails.
BIP
GL-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BIPL
Bit Interleaved Parity errors, Line. See Parity Bit Interleaved Parity- (BIP-).
Bipolar Signal
1. A 3-level digital signal in which logic 1 bits are pulses (typically RZ) which alternate in
polarity, and logic 0 bits are 0 volts. The resulting waveform has a dc level of 0 volts. Also
referred to as AMI.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
2. A signal having two non-zero polarities. It must have two-state or three-state binary coding
scheme; is usually symmetrical with respect to zero amplitude.
Bipolar Violation (BPV)
The presence of two consecutive same-polarity one bits on the T carrier line.
BIPS
Bit Interleaved Parity errors, Section. See Parity Bit Interleaved Parity- (BIP-).
Bit
Binary digit; smallest unit of data in a data stream. The amount of information obtained by asking
a yes-or-no question; a computational quantity that can take on one of two values: true and false
or 0 and 1; the smallest unit of storage, sufficient to hold one bit. A bit is set if its value is true or
1, and reset or clear if its value is false or 0. Regarding setting and clearing bits: To toggle or
invert a bit changes it (from 0 to 1 or from 1 to 0).
Bit Error Rate (or Ratio) (BER)
Rate at which errors occur in a digital signal divided by the number of transmitted bits. See also
Severely Errored Seconds (SES) and Signal Fail (SF).
Bit Interleaved Parity-N (BIP-N)
Method of error monitoring. If even parity is used, the transmitting equipment generates an -bit
code over a specified portion of the first bit of all -bit sequences in the covered portion of the
signal, and the second bit provides even parity over the second bits of all -bit sequences within
the specified portion, etc. Even parity is generated by setting the BIP- bits so that there is an
even number of ones in each of all -bit sequences including the BIP-.
BITS
The rate at which data is sent over some communication line. For example, data rate of a modem
is usually measured in kilobits per second.
Output synchronization
BKRST
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
BITSSYNC
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BLSR
A temporary storage device that compensates for the difference between data transmission speeds
when transferring data from one device to another
Building Integrated Timing Supply (BITS)
In orth America, the clocks that provide and distribute timing to a wire line network lower
levels; known in the rest of the world as Synchronization Supply Unit (SSU).
Byte
Indicates presence or absence of a module; provides an interrupt to the shelf processor through the
Serial Communications Interface (SCI) for modules that have a microcontroller; enables shelf
processors to detect removal and/or insertion of any module (or circuit pack) in the shelf. See also
Serial Communications Interface (SCI).
CB
Parity monitoring. Select CBIT monitoring when operating with equipment that generates CBIT
parity to monitor signal performance.
PRELIMINARY
CCT
Cross-Connect Type
CDU
GL-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Typically called CO; a telephone company facility where subscriber lines are joined to switching
equipment for connecting other local and long-distance subscribers to each other; sometimes it
means wire center in which there are several switching exchanges. The overseas term for CO is
"public exchange."
CEPT
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
CEV
The sum of a group of data items used for error checking. Checksum is computed by the sending
computer based upon an algorithm that counts the bits going out in a packet. The check digit is
then sent to the other end as the packet tail (or trailer). As the packet is being received, the
receiving computer goes through the same algorithm. If the receiving computer goes through the
same algorithm, and if the check digit it comes up with is the same as the one received, all is well.
Otherwise, it requests the packet be sent again.
CID
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-9
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cladding
1. The transparent material, usually glass, that surrounds the optical fiber core. Cladding glass
has a lower refractive index than core glass. As the light signal travels down the central core
transmission path, it naturally spreads out (modal dispersion). The cladding causes the light to
be reflected back into the central core, thereby serving to maintain the signal strength over a
long distance.
2. When referring to a metallic cable, a process of covering with a metal (usually achieved by
pressure rolling, extruding, drawing, or swagging) until a bond is achieved.
CLEI code
Clock
CLLI
Common Language Location Identifier. Indicates the location of circuit packs at a network
element.
CMI
PRELIMINARY
Violation of a coding rule; for example, the Alternate Mark Inversion (AMI) code is corrupted by
a Bipolar Violation (BPV).
Coding Violation (CV)
1. A violation in the coding of a signal over a digital circuit; the count of BIT-8 errors. See also
Code Violation.
2. Checksum Value. See also Checksum.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
COM
A set of procedural operators with a related syntax to indicate the functions to be performed by an
operating system.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
Commands
An STS- Line layer signal in which the STS envelope capacities from the STS1s have been
combined to carry an STS-c synchronous payload envelope (SPE), which must be transported as
a single entity, not as several separate signals.
Concatenated Virtual Tributary (VTx-Nc)
A set of Virtual Tributaries (VTs) in which the VT envelope capacities from VTxs have been
combined to carry a VTx-c, which must be transported as a single entity, not as several separate
signals.
Concatenation
Configuration (An abbreviation in this document for a user and command privilege)
Configured size
An underground room that houses electronic and/or optical equipment under controlled
temperature and humidity.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-11
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CORBA
All commands issued to the network element using TL1 are given a correlation tag; response to
the command has the same correlation tag.
CPC
Cross-connect.
PRELIMINARY
CRU
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CT
Craft Terminal.
ctag
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
CVL
A number derived from a block of data and stored or transmitted with the data to detect any errors
in transmission; similar to a checksum, but more complicated. A CRC is often calculated by
adding words or bytes of the data. The receiving card recalculates the CRC from the data received
and compares it to the value originally transmitted; if the values are different, it indicates a
transmission error. The CRC is called redundant because it adds no significant information to the
transmission itself.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Synchronous Optical etwork (SOET) overhead reserved for communication between network
elements. The channel transports signals from one data processing device location to another data
processing device location.
Data Communications Equipment (DCE)
The devices and connections of a communications network that connect the communication
circuit between data source and destination (the Data Terminal Equipment [DTE]). A modem is
the most common DCE. Before data can be transmitted over a modem, the Data Terminal Ready
(DTR) signal must be active. DTR tells the DCE that the DTE is ready to transmit and receive.
DCE and DTE are usually connected by an RS-232 serial line. It is necessary to distinguish these
two devices because their connectors must be wired differently if a "straight-through" cable (pin 1
to pin 1, pin 2 to pin 2, etc.) is used. DCE should have a female connector and should transmit on
pin two and receive on pin three. Many modems are "DTE" according to the original standard.
Data Link (DL)
A device acting as the source and/or destination of data and controlling the communication
channel; includes terminals, computers, protocol converters, and multiplexers; usually connected
by means of an RS-232 serial line to Data Communication Equipment (DCE), typically a modem.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-13
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
A Data Link Control Identifier (DLCI) is a channel number is attached to data frames to tell the
network how to route the data.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
It is necessary to distinguish these two device types because their connectors must be wired
differently if a "straight-through" cable (pin 1 to pin 1, pin 2 to pin 2 etc.) is used.
dB
Database
DC
Drop-and-Continue
DCC
PRELIMINARY
DEMUX
Demultiplex direction, the tributary output signal, arriving on the optical carrier and leaving
through the tributary (electrical) outbound data stream.
Dense Wavelength Division Multiplex (DWDM)
GL-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Function that enables users to interact with a network element in TL1 form.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
Dispersion
Dispersion is the process whereby optical pulses are widened as they travel along an optical fiber.
It is caused by the different wavelength components of a light signal of finite spectral width
traveling down the fiber at different velocities. The effect is a pulse at the terminating end of a
fiber that is wider than the original pulse that was transmitted. If the amount of widening is
excessive the individual pulses will not be distinguishable by the receiver. See also Chromatic
Dispersion and Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD).
DL
Domain aming System. Used in the Internet for translating names of network nodes into
addresses.
Domain
According to Management Information System (MIS) use, domain is the part of a computer
network in which data processing resources are under common control. In Microsoft
networking, a domain is a collection of computers sharing a common domain database and
security policy that is stored on a Windows T server domain controller. Each domain has a
unique name.
DPLL
Drop
Individual connections (sometimes called nodes) on a multipoint (also called multidrop) circuit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-15
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A traffic path connecting to the tributary side of the network element; path can be electrical (such
as DS3 or STS1) or optical (such as OC3 or OC12) and can include Synchronous Optical
etwork (SOET) overhead information/access. Specific capabilities and format are product and
feature dependent.
DS0 Path-Terminating Equipment (DS0 PTE)
etwork elements that multiplex/demultiplex the DS0 channels. DS0 PTEs interpret and either
modify or create the DS0 signaling information necessary to transport the DS0 channels.
DS0, DS-0
Digital Signal, level 0. a DS0 is 64,000 bits per second (b/s) (64 kilobits), equal to one voice
conversation digitized under Pulse Code Modulation (PCM). Twenty-four DS0s (24 64 kb/s)
equal one DS1, which is T-1 or 1.544 million b/s.
DS1
Digital Signal cross-connect point for equipment that generates or uses DS3 signals. This point
has defined waveshapes and voltage levels, in accordance with American ational Standard
T1.102.
PRELIMINARY
DTE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DX
EB
Errored Blocks.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
EBC
Electrical Container
EC1
Electronic Industries Alliance. A partnership of electronic and high-tech associates and companies
whose mission is to promote the marketing development and competitiveness of the U.S.
high-tech industry through domestic and international policy efforts.
EMA
A lower level (for example, DS1) digital signal transported in a higher level signal. Examples are
a DS1 signal embedded in a DS3, or a DS3 embedded in an STS-1 facility.
EML
EOC
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EPROM
Electronic or mechanical devices at network nodes where end users are connected to
communications network
Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA)
The dominant method for signal amplification in long-haul lightwave transmission systems.
EDFAs differ from the normal method regenerative or electro-optic repeaters in that light does not
have to be converted to an electrical signal, amplified, then converted back to light. EDFAs are
not frequency dependent, so they allow bandwidth upgrades (within) limits without replacing the
entire transmission systems. Undersea transmission systems use EDFA technology.
Errored Second (ES)
1. Extended Superframe format. DS1 signal framing format consisting of 24 frames. Each frame
contains a payload of 24 channels plus 1 overhead bit.
2. See also Extended Superframe (ESF).
ESL
PRELIMINARY
ETSI
One of two possible framing patterns for a DS1 signal. ESF has an extra channel that can pass
synchronization messages; the Superframe (SF) cannot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FBE
Frame Bit Error. An error on an incoming DS3 signal detected and reported by the performance
monitor.
FC
Failure Count
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
FC/PC
Failed Count-Path
FDDI
1. Far-End
2. Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbps.)
FEAC
Far-End Alarm and Control. Channel bit used in C-bit formatting for status and control
communications.
FEBE
Far-End Block Error. Channel bit used in C-bit formatting for performance monitoring event.
FEC
Fast Facility Protection. Refers to line facility groups. It also refers to path facility groups which
constitute preferred or alternate paths.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-19
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
FES
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FI
Fault Isolation
Fiber Optic Cable
The core of the fiber optic cable is made of very pure glass; it is surrounded by four protective
layers, given here from the core out: cladding, buffer, dielectric strength member, and the
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) subunit jacket.
Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA)
Used on some cards to modify hardware operation through software, rather than physically
changing the hardware on the card; logic network can be programmed into the device after its
manufacture. An FPGA consists of an array of logic elements. Most FPGAs are reprogrammable
because their logic functions and interconnect are defined by Random Access Memory (RAM)
cells; others can be programmed only once, retaining programming permanently. FPGAs have
enabled development of logic emulators. See also Complex Programmable Logic Device (CPLD).
Fixed Stuff (R-Bits/Bytes)
Fixed stuff (R) bits and bytes compensate for the differences between the bandwidth available in
the STS1 and Virtual Tributary (VT) synchronous payload envelopes and the bandwidth required
for the actual payload mappings (for example, DS1, DS1C, DS2, DS3, etc.). They facilitate
interworking with existing transmission systems or allow interworking between fixed and floating
VTs. R-bits and bytes have no defined value. The receiver ignores the value of these bits/bytes
(except for BIP-8 calculation/verification).
FLC
Fault
FM
Fault Manager
Format
PRELIMINARY
A message channel in the overhead of a DS1 Extended Superframe (ESF) signal that can relay
clock-quality information.
FTP
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-20
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FTS
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Generic Framing Procedure. Protocol for mapping packet data into an octet-synchronous transport
such as SOET.
GFP
Input conditioning performed to map Ethernet frames into SOET payload structures.
GigE
Ground
GNE
Grade of Service
Graphical User Interface (GUI)
This interface supports applications that consist of a series of rectangular presentation regions
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-21
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
GOS
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Half duplex
A circuit designed for data transmission in both directions, but not at the same time. Telex is an
example of a half-duplex system, as is speaking on with most speaker-phones. Compare with
Full-Duplex Transmission.
Head End
The point where the line overhead is inserted. (Tail end describes the point where the line
overhead is terminated.) A central control device required within some Local Area etwork/Area
etwork (LA/MA) systems to provide such centralized functions as remodulation, retiming,
message accountability, contention control, diagnostic control, and access.
HLDOVER
See Holdover.
HO
A mode in which an oscillator that was previously tracking a reference attempts to maintain the
last-known frequency instead of continuing to track. Transition to Holdover could occur for a
variety of reasons, including failure on a reference or a manual switch.
HS
PRELIMINARY
High Speed
Hz
Hertz
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
I/O
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
IC
Integrated Circuit
ID
Identification
IEEE
Insertion Loss
ILA
In-Line Amplifier
IMP
Integrated Multi-protocol
In Service (IS)
An equipment module is available for use by the system. (It may be online or offline.) An
equipped module is either IS or Out of Service (OOS).
In-Service Growth
A feature that enables service providers to install one optical channel initially, then upgrade to
additional optical channels or a mix of data rates. Additional modules may be added one at a time
while the system is in service.
Input/Output (I/O)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-23
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Two of the three computer functions; the third is processing. I/O describes the interrelated tasks of
providing information to the computer and providing the results of processing to the user. I/O
devices include keyboards (input) and printers (output). A disk drive is an input and an output
device because it provides information to the computer and receives information from the
computer.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Interleave
1. Transmission of pulses from two or more digital sources in time-division sequence over a
single path.
2. A data communication technique, used in conjunction with error-correcting codes, to reduce
the number of undetected error bursts. In the interleaving process code symbols are reordered
before transmission so that any two successive code symbols are separated by |-1 (| is called
the degree of interleaving). Upon reception, interleaved code symbols are reordered into their
original sequence, effectively spreading or randomizing errors (in time) to enable more
complete correction by a random error-correcting code.
3. Refers to the way a computer writes to and reads from a hard disk.
Intermediate Reach (IR)
Refers to a system that originates and terminates traffic, and forwards traffic to other systems; an
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) term.
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS)
A unique, 32-bit number for a specific transmission control protocol/internet protocol (TCP/IP)
host on the Internet; normally printed in dotted decimal form (for example, 128.126.50.224).
When a domain is assigned a group of numbers by the Internet central registry, it can house one or
several domains and/or hosts. Some IP addresses are reserved for broadcasts in respective
domains. See also Domain.
IOC
Input/Output Conditioner
PRELIMINARY
IOO
OS-OS Interface
IP
1. In Progress
2. See Internet Protocol (IP).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-24
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IPCP
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
In Service-Abnormal
IS-IS
In Service-ormal
ISLTD
Isolated, fully
ISO
In-Service Upgrade
ITU
JFET
Relative phase change between data time slots and clock (timing) pulses. Results in bit errors and,
in voice circuits, noise in telephone circuits. Jitter is cumulative and is primary limitation to
maximum system length, including terminals and repeaters, of a digital transmission system.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-25
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Jitter
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
KAM
KiloHertz
km
Kilometers
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
L1
Level 1
L2
1. Level 1 (controller).
2. Layer 2 (Ethernet switching).
L3
PRELIMINARY
GL-26
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LCI
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
LCP
Line Driver
LDB
Light-Emitting Diode
LIF
Low-speed Interface
Limited mode
System operating mode that allows access to a limited number of commands. It is primarily used
for database restoration.
Line
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-27
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
A code generated by Section-Terminating Equipment (STE) upon loss of input signal, loss of
frame, or equipment failure. Line AIS signal maintains operation of downstream regenerators and
prevents generation of unnecessary alarms. At the same time, data and orderwire communication
is retained between the regenerators and downstream Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE).
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Line Group
A signal suitable for transmission over outside plant facilities or across an administrative
boundary.
Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE)
etwork Elements (Es) that originate and/or terminate line (OC-) signals; LTE includes Es
that originate and/or terminate line signals. LTEs originate, access, modify, and/or terminate the
transport overhead.
Linear Add-Drop Multiplexer (LADM)
etwork element in a linear network that provides access to all , or some subset M (M is a
standard hierarchical level v), of the STS line signals contained within an OC- optical channel.
STS signals are added to (inserted) and/or dropped from (extracted) the OC- signal as it passes
through Add-Drop Multiplexer (ADM).
List Box
Displays a list of choices in the application window of the 1301 etwork Manager (M). A scroll
bar is provided if the box contains more choices than the box can hold. The list box can be a
single- or multiple-selection type.
LMF
Loss of Multiframe
LO
Loss of Activity
LOC
Loss of Clock
Location
PRELIMINARY
Loss of Frame
Long Reach (LR)
Refers to optical sections of approximately 25 kilometers or more in length and is applicable to all
Synchronous Optical etwork (SOET) rates. Compare with Short Reach (SR).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-28
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Loopback
A maintenance condition that redirects normal input to output, or vice versa; consists of a
diagnostic test in which the transmitted signal is returned to the sending device after passing
through a data communications link or network, thereby allowing a technician (or built-in
diagnostic circuit) to compare the returned signal with the transmitted signal and determine what
is wrong. Loopbacks are often done by excluding one piece of equipment after another,
eliminating non-problematic equipment to isolate a problem.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
LOP
Loss of Pointer
LOS
Loss of Signal
LPF
Low-Pass Filter
LPR
1. Line Receiver
2. See also Long Reach (LR).
LTE
1. Line-Terminating Element
2. See Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-29
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MAC
Major
MAN
Manual operation
MAU
Mediation Device
MDL
Maintenance Data Link. Three bits used as a 28.2 kb/s terminal-to-terminal link identifier. Part of
the overhead in the C-bit parity format.
Mediation Functions
Usually consist of gateway communications functions, but can include information processing
functions. When the two functions are combined, they are often contained in a stand-alone
mediation device (MD) or packaged as an added module to an etwork Element (E) or
equipment frame. Gateway communications functions often exist alone in a gateway E or
intermediate E.
MHz
MegaHertz
PRELIMINARY
MIB
GL-30
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MIN
Minor
MJ
Major
MN
Minor
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
Modem
Modulator/Demodulator
Modulator/Demodulator (Modem)
A communications device that enables the computer to transmit information over a telephone line.
Module
An independent assembly of electronic components with some distinct function. A module might
contain one, two, three, or more cards. In the past, there was nearly always one card in each
module; therefore, "card" might be used when "module" was actually meant. Even in the case of a
module that contains only one card, the module includes a front panel, ejector handles, etc. that
are mounted on the card. See also Card and Circuit Packs.
MOP
Method of Procedure
MPU
Microprocessor Unit
MRU
Matrix module
Multiplex (MUX, Mx)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-31
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Multiplex direction, the tributary input signal arriving on tributary interface (electrical) and being
multiplexed up onto optical signal, then leaving system. Combining several signals for
transmission on some shared medium; signals are combined at the transmitter by a multiplexer
(MUX) and split up at the receiver by a demultiplexer (DEMUX). The communications channel
can be shared between the independent signals in one of several different ways: Time Division
Multiplexing (TDM), Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM), and Code Division Multiplexing
(CDM). If the inputs take turns to use the output channel (TDM), the output bandwidth need be
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
no greater than the maximum bandwidth of any input. If many inputs are active simultaneously,
the output bandwidth must be at least as great as the total bandwidth of all simultaneously active
inputs. In this case the multiplexer is also known as a concentrator.
MUX
NA
PRELIMINARY
ear End
NETADMIN
etwork Administrator (abbreviation in this document for a user and command privilege)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-32
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Network
Database representation of resources allocated to a secondary user. etwork may also refer to
physical elements of a communications system; equipment, transmission facilities, and end users.
Network element
A generic piece of equipment (such as a digital cross-connect) that represents a single function in
the system
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
All physical devices, including end equipment, transmission facilities, and end users
Network Service Access Point (NSAP)
The point at which the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) network service is made available to
a transport entity. SAPs are identified by OSI network addresses. The SAP is a generic
standard for a network address consisting of 20 octets. ATM has specified E.164 for public
network addressing and the SAP address structure for private network addresses.
NLAN
anometer
NM
A point where transmission lines originate, interconnect, switch, or terminate. Generally consists
of one or more pieces of equipment and is connected to other nodes via network facilities.
Typically provides switching capabilities, multiplexing capabilities, end-point termination or
origination, or other similar networking services. A point in the network where a network element
is physically located (such as a digital cross-connect system)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-33
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Node
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Nonblocking
A feature that allows any input port to be connected to any output port. onblocking switch paths
ensure that a connection can always be established between any two idle ports without
rearranging existing connections.
Nonregenerative
A type of optical amplification whereby the optical signal is amplified without being converted to
an electrical signal and then fed directly to the transmission line (as opposed to regenerative
amplification where the optical signal is first converted into an electrical signal, amplified,
converted back into an optical signal, and then fed to the transmission line).
Nonrevertive
ORMal
North American AIS
The accepted Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) for use in orth American etwork, consisting of
alternating 1010 pattern with valid framing and fixed overhead bit content. (Also called Standard
AIS.)
Not Alarmed (NA)
A condition noted on the alarm manager screen, but does not cause an alarm situation to be
recorded.
Not Reported (NR)
1. ormal
2. ot Reported
NRZ
onreturn to Zero
PRELIMINARY
NSA
onservice-Affecting
NSAP
GL-34
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NTP
O-LAN
Office LA
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
O-SNCP
Optical Amplifier
OADM
Optical Carrier
OC-N
PRELIMINARY
OC3c
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OC48c
Optical Transceiver
OEM
Object Identifier
OOBFEC
Out of Frame
OOFP
Out of Frame-Path
OOS
Out-of-Service-Memory administration-Assigned
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
The only internationally accepted framework of standards for communication between different
systems made by different vendors. The primary intent for OSI is to create an open systems
networking environment in which any vendor computer system, connected to any network, can
freely share data with any other computer system on that network or a linked network. OSI was
developed by the International Standards Organization. Most of the dominant communications
protocols used have a structure based on the OSI model.
PRELIMINARY
Methods and procedures (mechanized or not) that directly support the telecommunications
infrastructure daily operation. The average Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) has hundreds of OSSs,
including automated systems supporting order negotiation, order processing, line assignment, line
testing, and billing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-36
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Operator Action
An operator-initiated action that interferes with the normal mechanism within the product for
response to detected conditions, such as forced switching, inhibited switching, or taking a
working module out of service.
OPS
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
Optical signal that results from an optical conversion of an electrical STS-1 signal; this signal
forms the basis of the interface.
Optical Carrier Level 12 (OC-12)
Optical signal produced by converting an STS-12 from an electrical signal to an optical signal.
Optical Carrier Level 192 (OC-192)
Optical signal produced by converting an STS-192 from an electrical signal to an optical signal.
Optical Carrier Level 3 (OC-3)
Optical signal produced by converting an STS-3 from an electrical signal to an optical signal.
Optical Carrier Level 48 (OC-48)
Optical signal produced by converting an STS-48 from an electrical signal to an optical signal.
Optical Carrier Level 768 (OC-768)
Optical signal produced by converting an STS-768 from an electrical signal to an optical signal.
Optical Carrier Level N (OC-N)
Elements of the system that provide the photonic interface for either transmit or receive functions.
Optical Pulse Distortion/Dispersion
The property of an optical fiber that causes optical signals passing through the fiber to be
bandwidth limited. A received light pulse will be wider than that, that was transmitted; the amount
of this distortion increases with the fiber length.
ORB
2. Equipment and circuit providing a telephone company the means to establish voice contact
between central office and carrier repeater locations.
3. A Synchronous Optical etwork/Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SOET/SDH) term for a
connection request; consists of one octet contained within the Section Overhead (SOH).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-37
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
1. A circuit used by telephone personnel for fixing, installing, and removing phone lines.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OS
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-38
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OTS
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
1. A status indication that function is not being performed by a given circuit pack and it can be
removed for maintenance.
2. An equipped module is OOS when unavailable for system use; module may be OOS for
operator action, equipment failure, diagnostic testing, or family of equipment not carrying
traffic. See also SOS (Status, ot currently Out of Service).
3. Equipment or channel not carrying traffic.
4. Status indicating that traffic is not being processed by a given module and that the module can
be removed for maintenance.
5. Designation for an inactive address or function.
Overhead
Anything that is not traffic in a digital bit stream. Traffic is the payload, or information being
carried by signal. Overhead is that portion of signal that carries information about timing and
maintenance of signal, but does not carry any portion of information originally sent and meant to
be received at the far end.
OW
Packet Switching
Packet Assembler/Disassembler
An element of a command, which further defines the object of the command or provides data
needed for proper command execution. See individual command descriptions.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-39
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Parameter
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parity Check
A process for detecting whether bits of data (parts of characters) have been altered during
transmission of that data. Data are transmitted as a stream of bits with values of one or zero; for
example, each character of data composed of seven bits has another bit added to it. The value of
that bit is chosen so that either the total number of one bits is always even if Even Parity error
correction is to be obeyed, or always odd if Odd Parity correction is chosen.
Path
1. A path at a given bit rate is a logical connection between the point at which a standard frame
format for the signal is assembled and the point at which the standard frame format for the
signal is disassembled.
2. The route a telecommunications signal follows through a circuit or through the air.
Path command
Synchronous Optical etwork (SOET) path overhead assigned to and transported with the
payload until payload is demultiplexed; used for functions necessary to transport the payload, for
example, end-to-end network management. These functions include parity check and trace
capability. POH is not implemented in SOET Lite. See also STS Path Overhead (STS POH).
Payload Pointer
The pointer that indicates the location of the beginning of the Synchronous Payload Envelope
(SPE).
PBIT
Parity monitoring. Select PBIT monitoring to monitor performance on signals other than CBIT
parity. PBIT is corrected at each DS3 level; therefore, it provides only error monitoring from DS3
electrical interface to DS3 interface.
PCM
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-40
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PDU
Reports and analyzes deviations from defined parameters, detecting any signal degradation that
could lead to a service-affecting failure; refers to actions that monitor signal integrity and quality
(such as counting parity errors in Synchronous Optical etwork [SOET] equipment) and
equipment impairments (such as laser degrade). ominally includes reporting of values recorded
during monitoring and sending them over a digitally multiplexed transmission channel.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
A virtual circuit that is permanently established, saving the time associated with circuit
establishment and tear-down.
PES
1. Password Identifier
2. Path Identification
3. Product Identifier
Pigtail
A length of optical fiber with one end terminated at a connector and the other end attached to a
light source or detector. The fiber couples light from a source to a connectorized fiber cable or
from a fiber cable to a detector.
PIN
1. Positive Intrinsic egative. Type of photodetector used to sense lightwave energy then to
convert it to electrical signals.
2. A type of semiconductor diode that has a 3-layer structure composed of P-type, intrinsic type,
and -type material.
PRELIMINARY
PJC
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PJP
Payload Mismatch.
PM
1. A physical place within a Local Access and Transport Area (LATA) where a long-distance
carrier or a cellular provider interfaces with the network of the Local Exchange Carrier
(LEC), also called the local telephone company.
2. The point at which the LEC terminates subscriber circuits for cellular phone call,
long-distance dial-up phone call, or leased-line communications.
3. A meet point where Internet Service Providers (ISPs) exchange traffic and routes.
PRELIMINARY
A communictions protocol; the protocol defined in RFC 1661, the Internet standard for
transmitting network layer datagrams (for example, IP packets) over serial point-to-point links.
PPP is designed to operate over asynchronous connections and bit-oriented synchronous systems.
It can configure connections to a remote network dynamically and test that the link is usable. PPP
can be configured to encapsulate different network layer protocols by using appropriate etwork
Control Protocol (CP).
Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-42
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Identified around 1990, PMD might become a limiting issue in optical span design now that data
rates are going higher (10 Gb/s and 40 Gb/s), and spans are getting longer. PMD is the dispersion
of an optical signal, caused by the different polarization modes of the optical signal traveling
down a fiber at slightly different velocities. The amount of PMD is statistical in nature and varies
randomly with time. PMD is independent of chromatic dispersion, so a span can be PMD-limited
in distance even in the absence of chromatic dispersion. Due to the random nature of the physical
causes of PMD, it is more difficult to be compensated for, as chromatic dispersion, but newer
techniques are being developed. See also Chromatic Dispersion.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
POP
1. A physical connection on a network element that has a specified rate and type of physical
attachment; a connection or socket on the computer. Ports are used for connecting devices
(cables, modems, printers, monitors) to a PC, then sending information from the computer to
the devices. Serial ports (COM 1-COM 4) and parallel ports (LPT1, LPT2) are the most
commonly used.
2. An interface point between the system and its external environment. Can be physical, logical,
or both.
PP
Pointer Procesor
ppm
1. Primary (alarm)
PRM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-43
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PROT
PROTection
Protection Channel Access (PCA)
The tributary signals carried by the protection channel when it is offline (i.e., not protecting the
working traffic). It is lower priority and will be dropped in favor of the working traffic in the
event of a working channel failure.
Protection Switch Count (PSC)
The Performance Monitoring (PM) parameter used to count the number of protection switches for
a protection group.
Protection Switching (PS)
The automatic etwork Element (E) function that provides recovery of traffic in the event of a
network or equipment failure. Protection may be an individual E function (as in unidirectional
linear protection or in a unidirectional ring) or a network function (as in bidirectional linear
protection or in a bidirectional ring).
Protection Switching Duration (PSD)
This parameter measures the total time, in seconds, for which service was removed from a given
(nonprotection) line.
Protection Switching Line, Counts
This parameter measures the number of times service switches from a particular working line to a
protection line.
Protocol
A set of rules that govern the interaction of processes or applications in a system or network
PROV
Provides protocol conversion between TL1 commands and Common Management Information
Service Element (CMISE) commands.
PRS
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-44
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PSCC
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
PST
Primary State
PSU
Protect Switch
PTE
A method by which an audio signal is represented as digital data. Virtually all digital audio
systems use PCM.
PVC
1. Power
2. Power converter
PWR1D5/PWRC1D5
Power Supply
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QoS
QRS
Quasi-Random Signal
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-45
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Quality of Service
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QRSF
Quasi-Random Signal Source. Signals used for testing digital circuits, particularly DS-1 (for
example, T-1) circuits.
QRSU
Quantity
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RA
Return Authorization
Rack
An assembly of shelves within a standard set of vertical mounting posts or rails (called rack
channels).
RADM
The working memory of the card; memory used for storing data temporarily while working on it,
running application programs, etc. "Random access" means that any RAM area can be accessed
directly and immediately. RAM is called volatile memory; information in RAM will disappear if
the power is switched off before it is saved to disk. RAM is used on all downloadable cards to run
the application loads of the cards.
RCC
PRELIMINARY
Receive module
RDI
GL-46
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Redundancy, Redundant
1. That part of any message that may be eliminated without losing important information.
2. Having one or more "backup" systems available in case of failure of the main system.
Remote Defect Indication-Line (RDI-L)
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
Revertive
Remote Inventory
Ring
A network where the network nodes are interconnected by means of a circular route that may be
broken at any one point without permanently disrupting traffic. Rings are either unidirectional
(uniring) or bidirectional (bi-ring).
Ring Add-Drop Multiplexer (RADM)
etwork element in a ring network that provides access to all , or some subset M (M is a
standard hierarchical level v ), of the STS line signals contained within an OC- optical
channel. STS signals are added to (inserted) and/or dropped from (extracted) the OC- signal as it
passes through the ADM. Ring ADMs may be either unidirectional (uniring) or bidirectional
(bi-ring).
RIP
RPC
PRELIMINARY
A network configuration that provides two connection paths between two points, each physically
separated from the other except at the terminal end points. This method retains service over one of
the routes if the other route is broken (such as when a cable is cut). A route diversity application
can be built using a ring network or a linear network as a basis.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RS-232
An Electronic Industry Association (EIA) data communications standard using serial binary data
interchange standard applicable to interconnection of Data Terminal Equipment (DTE); the most
common asynchronous serial line standard; the EIA equivalent of ITU-T V.24 and V.28. RS-232
specifies connector gender and pin use, but not their physical type (RS-423 specifies the electrical
signals.); 25-way D-type connectors are common but often only three wires are connected: one
ground (pin seven) and one for data in each direction; other pins are mostly related to hardware
handshaking between sender and receiver and to carrier detection on modems, inoperative
circuits, busy conditions etc. The standard classifies equipment as either Data Communications
Equipment (DCE) or Data Terminal Equipment (DTE).
RS-232C
Remote Terminal
RTC
Real-Time Clock
RTN
Return
RTU
Receive, receiver
RX+TX
SA
PRELIMINARY
Service-Affecting
SABM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-48
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SAN
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
SBI
Small Computer System Interface. A bus that links the optical and hard disks to the processor.
SCU
The portion of a transmission facility (including terminating points) between a terminal network
element and a regenerator or between two regenerators. A terminating point is the point after
signal regeneration, where Performance Monitoring (PM) is or can be done. In Synchronous
Optical etwork (SOET), the section envelope encompasses the line envelope. See also
Synchronous Payloads.
Section-Terminating Equipment (STE)
SEF
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-49
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
etwork elements that terminate the Synchronous Optical etwork (SOET) physical and
section layers. STE is either a regenerator or part of a Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE). STEs
interpret and either modify or create the section SOET overhead.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SEFS
Sequence
Service Condition
A data path can be selected as In Service (IS), which is the normal operational state, or
Out-of-Service (OOS) condition, which disables protection switching and alarm and Performance
Monitoring (PM) functions. An OOS data path may or may not be able to carry test traffic,
depending on system configuration.
SESCP
1. A logical network connection between two addressable units for the exchange of data.
2. A connection between a user and the etwork Element (E). One user can have multiple
sessions. All provisioning operations, queries, and autonomous reports are transported
between the E and user through a session.
SETG
PRELIMINARY
Contains more than Coding Violations (CVs). The value of with frame size and bit rate
should be chosen to correspond to a Bit Error Ratio (BER) of approximately 10-3, assuming
errors are randomly distributed. This count may be used to determine problems for particular
types of services and/or as a measure of facility outage duration.
SF
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-50
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SFP
Basic rack assembly unit; contains subassemblies (usually circuit packs, also referred to as
modules).
Short Band
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
The shorter wavelength half of the Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) amplification window
that is approximately 1530 nm to 1543 nm.
Short Reach (SR)
1. System Identification. A five-digit number assigned to identify the particular cellular carrier
from whom one is obtaining service; identifies "home" system.
2. System Identifier. An alphanumeric designator that uniquely identifies a particular system or
site within the network.
3. Site Identifier
SID/NSAP
1. Also known as Loss of Signal (LOS), detection of a LOS, Loss of Frame (LOF), or Loss of
Pointer (LOP) on the lines or on tributaries (for example, OC12s) connected to the system.
2. Threshold value used to compare calculated Bit Error Rate (or Ratio) (BER) value with SF
threshold. If BER value is less than SF threshold, an Excessive BER (EXBER) condition is
declared. See also Bit Error Rate (or Ratio) (BER).
Simplex (SX)
1. Operating a channel in one direction only with no ability to operate in the other direction.
2. One-sided printing.
SLC
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-51
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
SLM
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SML
Section Overhead
SOIC
Second of Minute
SONET
1. Refers to the optical fiber(s) connecting one site to another site; that portion of a high-speed
digital system that connects a Central Office (CO) or terminal office to terminal office.
2. Also called a T-Span Line; a repeated outside plant four-wire, two twisted-pair transmission
line.
PRELIMINARY
3. A call center term: the total duration of a schedule from start time to stop time, including all
breaks.
SPE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-52
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SPU
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
SRDM
Secondary State
SSU
Standby
STC
Standard
STE
Section-Terminating Equipment
STM-1
PRELIMINARY
STM-16
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
STM-64
Bandwidth within and aligned to the Synchronous Transport Signal (STS) frame that carries the
STS Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE). This bandwidth can be combined from STS1s to
carry an STS-c SPE. See STS Synchronous Payload Envelope (STS SPE).
STS Path Overhead (STS POH)
ine evenly distributed path overhead bytes per 125 s starting at the first byte of the
Synchronous Transport Signal Synchronous Payload Envelope (STS SPE); provides for
communication between creation and disassembly points of the STS SPE.
STS Path-Terminating Equipment (STS PTE)
etwork elements that multiplex/demultiplex the Synchronous Transport Signal (STS) payload.
STS PTEs interpret and either modify or create the STS Path Overhead (STS POH) necessary to
transport the STS payload.
STS Payload Capacity
The maximum bandwidth within the Synchronous Transport Signal Synchronous Payload
Envelope (STS SPE) available for payload. See also STS Synchronous Payload Envelope (STS
SPE).
STS POH
A 125-s frame structure composed of Synchronous Transport Signal Path Overhead (STS POH)
and bandwidth for payload. See also STS Path Overhead (STS POH).
STS-1
PRELIMINARY
Synchronous Transport Signal, level 1; the basic logical building block Synchronous Optical
etwork (SOET) electrical signal with a rate of 51.84 Mb/s.
STS-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-54
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
STS-12c
Concatenated Synchronous Transport Signal, level 12. A concatenated signal is formed by linking
12 STS-1 signals together, which allows transport of payloads larger than the capacity of an
STS-1. (Payloads larger than one STS-1 are known as superate payloads.) An STS-12c payload
consists of 2349 bytes (3 783).
STS-192
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
Concatenated Synchronous Transport Signal, level 48. A concatenated signal is formed by linking
48 STS-1 signals together, which allows transport of payloads larger than the capacity of an
STS-1. (Payloads larger than one STS-1 are known as superate payloads.) An STS-48c payload
consists of 2349 bytes (3 783).
STS-SPE
See STS Synchronous Payload Envelope (STS SPE) and STS Envelope Capacity.
SUD
One possible framing format for a DS1 signal (corresponding to D4). Unlike Extended
Superframe (ESF), there is no sync messaging channel in an SF signal. Compare with Extended
Superframe (ESF).
SVC
SYNC
Synchronous. Events that are phase and frequency locked to a common timing reference.
Synchronization Supply Unit (SSU)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-55
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The essential characteristic of time scales or signals in which their corresponding significant
instants occur at precisely the same average rate.
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)
European set of standard fiber-optic-based serial standards planned for use with Synchronous
Optical etwork (SOET) and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM); some SDH and SOET
standards are identical; standardized by the International Telecommunications Union (ITU). See
also Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) and Synchronous Optical etwork (SOET).
Synchronous Network
The synchronization of the payloads of a transmission system to a master (network) clock that can
be traced to a reference clock.
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
A family of fiber-optic transmission rates (51.84 Mb/s to 13.22 Gb/s), created to provide needed
flexibility to transport many digital signals with different capacities, and to provide a design
standard. SOET is an optical interface standard that allows interworking of transmission
products from multiple vendors; it defines physical interface, optical line rates (optical carrier
[OC] signals), frame format, and an Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning
(OAM&P) protocol. A standard for interconnecting digital networks and lightwave systems
agreed upon by most major manufacturers. SOET supports new broadband services, and
enhanced OAM&P. This standard permits connecting SOET-compatible equipment of one
manufacturer to SOET-compatible equipment of another manufacturer on the other end. All
present services, such as DS1s, DS2s, DS3s, LAs, etc., can be brought onto a hub and interfaced
with SOET.
Synchronous Payloads
Payloads derivable from a network transmission signal by removing integral numbers of bits in
every frame; (for example, there are no variable bit stuffing rate adjustments required to fit the
payload in the transmission signal).
Synchronous Signal
A signal associated with a clock, or timing, signal. Clock moves data from one point to another.
RZ signals are usually synchronous.
Synchronous Transport Module Level 1 (STM-1)
PRELIMINARY
The basic Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) logical building block electrical signal with a
rate of 155.520 Mb/s. European SDS building block that equates to STS3.
Synchronous Transport Signal Level 1 (STS1)
The basic Synchronous Optical etwork (SOET) logical building block electrical signal with a
rate of 51.84 Mb/s.
Synchronous Transport Signal Level N (STS-N)
This electrical signal is obtained by byte interleaving STS1 signals together. The rate of the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-56
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An alphanumeric designator that uniquely identifies a particular system or site within a network.
See also etwork Service Access Point (SAP).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
T0
1. A collective term referring to the DS1 facility as a whole. Refers to traffic-carrying circuits.
2. Digital transmission link with a capacity of 1.544 Mb/s (DS1)
T3
1. A collective term referring to the DS3 facility as a whole. Refers to traffic-carrying circuits
rather than to modules.
2. Digital transmission link with a capacity of 44.736 Mb/s (DS3)
TAC
umber that may be null (missing). TIDs identify which network element receives a Transaction
Language 1 (TL1) message.
TARP
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-57
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
TCP/IP
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TDM
Thermo-Electric Cooler
Terminal
Threshold crossing parameters are values assigned to specific types of error conditions. The
values represent the number of times that condition occurs within a 15-minute or 1-day time
frame. If the number of occurrences exceeds the threshold value, a TCA situation displays on the
appropriate Performance Monitoring (PM) screen. See also Performance Monitoring (PM).
TID
A type of multiplexing where two or more channels of information are transmitted over the same
link by allocating a different time interval ("slot" or "slice") for the transmission of each channel.
(For example: The channels take turns to use the link. Typically a periodic synchronizing signal or
distinguishing identifier is required so the receiver can determine which channel is which. TDM
becomes inefficient when traffic is intermittent because the time slot remains allocated even when
the channel has no data to transmit. Statistical TDM was developed to overcome this problem.
Time Slot
In time division multiplexing or switching, the slot belonging to a voice, data, or video
conversation; it can be occupied with conversation or left blank, but the slot is always present.
The capacity of the switch or the transmission channel can be determined by figuring how many
slots are present.
TIRKS
PRELIMINARY
Transmultiplex, or the ability to convert M13 formatted DS3s into VT-mapped STS-1s and
visa-versa.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-58
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TOP
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
The overhead added to Synchronous Transport Signal (STS) Synchronous Payload Envelope
(SPE) for transport; consists of Line and Section overhead.
TS0
UAP
Unavailable Seconds-Line
UASP
Unavailable Seconds-Path
PRELIMINARY
UDS
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UI
User Interface
UID
User Identifier
UL
Underwriters Laboratories
Unavailable Seconds (UAS)
The parameter UAS measures the duration for which service was unavailable (in seconds).
Service becomes unavailable if 10 consecutive Severely Errored Seconds (SES) occur. When the
service becomes unavailable, it remains unavailable until 10 consecutive nonseverely errored
seconds.
UNEQ-P
Unequipped-Path
Unequipped Channel
Ring networks that send the same traffic over two different routes (for example, counter-rotating
paths) to each node in the network. This allows the node to select one direction or the other for its
own traffic for protection purposes. Rings send all traffic through each node. Rings also permit
add/drop of channels at any node using a T Mux.
Unidirectional Switching
The protection switching scheme whereby the failed path is switched to the protection path, but
the path in the other direction is not switched.
Unprotected Operation
A network element (usually a terminal) where the individual transport element does not provide
traffic protection; a higher network device, such as a cross-connect, provides protection by
moving the traffic from the failed transmission path to other paths in the network.
PRELIMINARY
UPC
A method used to polish the ends of fiber optic cables. This method produces a domed polish that
reduces back reflections up to -55dB.
UPPS
GL-60
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UPSR
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
USDB
This is allocated to the user for input of information such as data communication for use in
maintenance activities and remoting of alarms external to the span equipment in a proprietary
fashion.
USI
User System Interface. More commonly referred to as Communication Interface Unit (CIU). Also
called CID or CPORT.
USI-LAN
VC
1. Virtual Channel
2. Virtual Container
3. See also Virtual Circuit (VC).
4. Virtual Concatenation
VCAT
Virtual Concatenation
VCG
Valid Interrupt
Violation Monitoring and Removal (VMR)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
GL-61
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
VCN
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Process by which parity errors are corrected at a switch and section. Equivalent to an infinite stop
filter in a Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) system. Only parity violations are removed;
the bit errors that caused them still exist. Detected violations are removed so they do not
propagate beyond maintenance span.
Virtual Circuit (VC)
A communications line, voice or data, that appears to the user to be a dedicated point-to-point
circuit. VCs are generally set up on a per call basis and disconnected when the call is ended; VC
concept was first used in data communications with packet switching; VCs have become more
common in ultra-high speed applications; VC is referred to as a logical, rather than physical path
for a call.
Virtual Tributary (VT)
A structure designed for transport and switching of sub-DS3 payloads. A unit of sub-SOET
bandwidth that can be combined, or concatenated, for transmission through the network; VT1.5
equals 1.544 Mb/s; VT2 equals 2,048 Mb/s; VT3 equals 3 Mb/s; VT6 equals 6 Mb/s.
Virtual Tributary Group (VTG)
A 9-row by 12-column structure (108 bytes) that carries one or more Virtual Tributaries (VTs) of
the same size. Seven VT groups (756 bytes) are byte interleaved within the VT-structured
Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE).
Virtual Tributary, Path Overhead (V5)
One path overhead for every 500 s located at the first byte of the Virtual Tributary, Synchronous
Payload Envelope (VT SPE). VT path overhead provides for communication between point of
creation and point of disassembly of a VT SPE.
Virtual Tributary, Path-Terminating Equipment (VT PTE)
etwork elements that multiplex/demultiplex the Virtual Tributary (VT) payload. VT PTEs
interpret and either modify or create the path overhead necessary to transport VT payload. A VT
PTE is considered a Synchronous Transport Signal Path-Terminating Equipment (STS PTE), a
Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE), and/or a Section-Terminating Equipment (STE).
Virtual Tributary, Synchronous Payload Envelope (VT SPE)
A 500-s frame structure carried by the VT is composed of VT path overhead and bandwidth for
payload; envelope is contained within and can have any alignment with respect to VT envelope
capacity. The term typically refers to VT1.5, VT2, VT3, VT6, and VTx-c SPEs.
VLR
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-62
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VSCC
The maximum bandwidth within the Virtual Tributary (VT) Synchronous Payload Envelope
(SPE) that is available for payload.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
VT PTE
The Virtual Tributary (VT) is organized into a 500-s superframe structure overlaid on and
aligned to the 125-s STS1 Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE), which contains the VT
payload pointer and the VT SPE.
VT1
Virtual Tributary 1.
VT1.5
WAN
Wide-Area etwork.
WDM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
X-bits
PRELIMINARY
Any one of a variety of Visual Display Terminals (VDTs), ranging from a simple
keyboard/monitor to an intelligent, processor-controlled VDT.
PRELIMINARY
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
XBP
X-Bit Processing
XFP
Transmit module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ZIC
PRELIMINARY
Zero Installation Craft interface. An E-imbedded graphical user interface (GUI) application for
local operation and maintenance.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
GL-64
PRELIMINARY
Index
alarmsynth, 17-5
auto provisioning
plugandplay, 17-20
.............................................................
B bridge port config, 7-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
IN-1
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
alarmlist, 17-3
PRELIMINARY
Index
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................
bridgedbfiltering show
multicast-dynamic, 8-10
E eqpt position
asap, 2-6
reset, 2-11
bridgedbfiltering show
unicast-dynamic, 8-7
bridgedbfiltering show
unicast-static, 8-8
bridgedbfiltering show
multicast-static, 8-9
.............................................................
D debug commands
PRELIMINARY
bridgedbfiltering show
agetime, 8-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
IN-2
Index
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
linkoam position
remoteloopback, 12-5
linkoam position show
eventconfig, 12-6
linkoam position show
linkoamtstats, 12-4
linkoam position show
localeth, 12-3
linkoam position show log,
12-7
linkoam position show peereth,
12-4
Ethernet OAM
ethoam activate, 13-2
ethoam config, 13-2
ethoam delete, 13-3
ethoam etype config, 13-15
ethoam etype show, 13-15
ethoam md activate, 13-4
ethoam md config, 13-5
ethoam md delete, 13-5
ethoam md ma linktrace
remote, 13-13
ethoam md ma loopback
remote, 13-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
IN-3
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Index
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
glossary, GL-1
.............................................................
I
.............................................................
ETS-to-ETS bidirectional
transparent mapping
.............................................................
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
IN-4
Index
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IP routing
.............................................................
localeth show
trafficconditioning, 3-15
remoteeth, 4-11
remoteeth asap, 3-19
remoteeth config, 4-14
remoteeth csf, 3-18
remoteeth maxmtu, 4-13
remoteeth portservice, 4-12
remoteeth show ethinfo, 4-15
remoteeth show
trafficconditioning, 3-20
commands
pmmaint show ethphy, 16-4
pmmaint show port, 16-2
pmmaint show service, 16-3
mstp cist config, 9-13
mstp cist port config, 9-21
mstp cist port show info, 9-23
mstp cist show info, 9-14
mstp msti activate, 9-15
mstp msti config, 9-16
mstp msti delete, 9-16
mstp msti port config, 9-24
mstp msti port show info, 9-26
mstp msti show info, 9-17
mstp msti vlan, 9-19
mstp region, 9-11
mstp show msti, 9-19
mstp show region, 9-12
mstp show vlan, 9-20
.............................................................
N ne label, 17-17
ne location, 17-16
ne mgr, 17-17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
IN-5
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Index
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................
plugandplay, 17-20
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
IN-6
Index
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
view, 19-3
.............................................................
V view, 19-3
interface position
vlanprotprofile default, 4-19
interface position
vlanprotprofile show, 4-21
vlanprotprofile activate, 4-27
vlanprotprofile delete, 4-28
vlanprotprofile show, 4-28
VLA registration entry
management
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
IN-7
Issue 1 June 2009
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
PRELIMINARY
Index
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Internal
8DG09019EAAATQZZA
Proprietary Use pursuant to Company instruction
Issue 1 June 2009
IN-8